Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 59470-PM1
CSC No. 59470-PM1 PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WATER, SEWER, PAVING, AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS TO SERVE CINNAMON CREEK INDUSTRIAL IPRC Record No. IPRC22-0229 City Project No. 104589 FID No. 30114-0200431-104589-EO7685 File No. K-3096 X No.: X-27631 Mattie Parker David Cooke Mayor City Manager Christopher P. Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Lauren Prieur, P.E. Director, Transportation and Public Works Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth ���•.,,,..•••...FXgla1 ice: '� •:�®I October 2"d, 2023 >TYLER SREEVES; . ...:..... ; 131206 ; c�j 11�'c�'•'�i�ENS��' 'g,,NA Kimley)))Horn o?�� Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-928 801 Cherry Street, Suite 1300, Unit 11 Fort Worth, TX 76102 817.339.2275 Kimley-Horn No. 068918801 OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 00 00 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Division 00 - General Conditions 00�3 Tm4tatio t Bidders Last Revised 03t�,020 tv� 00�3 00 41 00 00 42 43 0043 3 lastF,,etiens t Bidders Bid Fe Proposal Form Unit Price Bid Ben 03 20/2020 nn in 4 05/22/2019 nn in 4 Prequalification Statement 09/01/2015 0045 12 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 04/02/2014 00 4540 00 52 43 Mine.;,-, Business Enterprise Geal Agreement 08Q420ig 06/16/2016 00 61 25 nno Certificate of Insurance Dorf ...,.,a-aee R M 07/01/2011 ni i�z nno�4 Pay -meat Bond Maintenance Bond Genef.,i Conditions ni i�z 01/31/2012 i ii i ti T 00 62 19 00 7200 007300 0073 10 c,,,.,.ie e„t y Condition Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer n7inm�z 01/10/2013 Awarded Projects Division 01- General Requirements Last Revised 01 1100 Summary of Work 12/20/2012 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 08/30/2013 01 31 19 nip Preconstruction Meeting D-ejeetMeefing-s 08/30/2013 n7/nm7vi/2 01 3233 Preconstruction Video 08/30/2013 01 33 00 Submittals 08/30/2013 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 08/30/2013 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/20/2020 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011 01 5526 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 07/01/2011 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07/01/2011 01 60 00 Product Requirements 03/20/2020 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 04/07/2014 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 04/07/2014 01 71 23 Construction Staking 04/07/2014 01 74 23 Cleaning 04/07/2014 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 04/07/2014 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 04/07/2014 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 04/07/2014 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 TxDOT Specifications which have been included by the Engineer specifically for this Project; hard copies are included in the Project's Contract Documents • 0416 6004 Drill Shaft (36 IN) • 0416 6005 Drill Shaft (42 IN) • 0420 6014 CL C Conc (Abut) (HPC) • 0420 6030 CL C Conc (CAP) (HPC) • 0420 6038 CL C Conc (Column) (HPC) • 0422 6002 Reinf Conc Slab (HPC) • 0422 6016 Approach Slab (HPC) • 0423 6004 Retaining Wall (Conc Block) • 0425 6036 Prestr Conc Girder (TX34) • 0432 6002 Riprap (Conc) (4 IN) • 0432 6045 Riparp (Mow Strip) (4 IN) • 0450 6004 Rail (TY T221) (HPC) • 0454 6018 Sealed Expansion Joint (4 IN) (SEJ-M) • 0540 6004 MTL THRIE-BEAM GD FEN (Steel Post) • 0540 6005 Terminal Anchor Section • 0540 6006 MTL BEAM GD FEN TRANS (Thrie-Beam) • 7145 6013 Cement Stabilized Base Backfill Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be viewed/downloaded from the City's website at: httD://fortworthtexas.2ov/tvw/contractors/ or httDs://aDvs.fortworthtexas.2ov/Proi ectResources/ Division 02 - Existing Conditions 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition 0241 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 0241 15 Paving Removal Division 03 - Concrete 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 039000 M di flea fie,. .o Brnir.g Gener-et3 E'ter��ba Division 26 - Electrical 'tip Raeewa-ys andBoxes f Llootriaal Ey4exn-R quo RDuet r,.n, u4 ��atir� ra Multi Division 31- Earthwork 31 1000 1 Site Clearing Last Revised 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 02/02/2016 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 11 /�12 12/20/2012 1 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 3123 16 Unclassified Excavation 31 23 23 Borrow 31 24 00 Embankments 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 3 1�0 Gabiens 31 37 00 Riprap Division 32 - Exterior Improvements 3201 17 Permanent Asphalt Pna,�ving Repair 32 01 29 ��xg Cam„-,.,,-ete Paii 1�zrmir 32 1123 Flexible Base Courses 32 1129 Z7�3 Lime Treated Base Courses cefn &+ Treated -Base Ce Z7�T 32 1216 32 1273 Liquid ,i Treated Soil Stabi moo, Asphalt Paving Asphalt Pa-y ng C,-aek Sealants 32 13 13 32 1320 Z7�3 Ge ete D.. Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps Cam„-,.,,-ete P ,ing Tee fft Sealants 32 16 3 32 1723 C,.ne C,, b ,-ad G„tto .s Valley C_,,#e fete a -ad fs Pavement Markings 32 17 25• Z7�3 323126 C,�dm Nxinting Chain Fences and Gates Wife Fenees and Gates 3'�9 3232 13 3291 19 Weed > enees ,-ad Gates Cast i Dlaee Cone-ete Retaining Wa Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 32 92 13 Hydro -Mulching, Seeding, and Sodding 32 93-43 Trees 9.4ub3 Division 33 - Utilities 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 33-03 10 Z2�11 Bypas3 C.,,-.-esio,-, C,,,.,tfo Test SteA eas 3304-30 33 04 40 Te -,pe-a- W efco,.,,;ee Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 3305 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 3305 12 Water Line Lowering 3305 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings — Cast Iron 3305 13.10 3305 14 Frame,Cover- andGrade Ring, Composite Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 01/28/2013 01/28/2013 01/28/2013 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 1 'l1 Pl 2 12/20/2012 12/20,L2012 12404012 06/05/2018 11 /014 12/7 z 1 n1 /n6 11/22/2013 1111 /n3. 12/7 z 12/7 z 12/7 z 86/054� 12/20/2012 12/20/2012 11 /7z 12/20/2012 03/03/2016 02/06/2013 12/20/2012 12/12/2016 12/20/2012 01/22/2016 011 /�6 12/20/2012 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 3305 17 Z�0 Concrete Collars 12/20/2012 1 '11 /20//2012 3 330521 330522 rg Tumne. Urre e Stool Casin . Npe 12/'�12 12/20A2012 Z2�3 324 14mi 1 T-tw .o4ng 7 ast it t; fC o n:.o in Casing or T IJ2y11IY ti'$ 1 TRaAEe,-s/T�,e 12/'fez n6/1�n 12/7 32�o 33 05 30 Utilityteft Location of Existing Utilities z 12/20/2012 33 1105 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 12/20/2012 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 12/20/2012 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012 33�3 1111 112P+o�lyvinyl7�C�.h�loride (PVC) Pressure Pipe IALF,,.,- Stool 11/16/2018 12/7�-20A20 33 11 13 ✓� 11 1 r Genei@tGYtGssiffe Pipe Baf a Cylinder -Type Btif a Stool Pipe .-ad Fittings i 1 2 fez 33 1210 Z2�= Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 02/14/2017 1 33 1220 Large rge Water- Mete -s Resilient Seated Gate Valve 2/7 z 12/20/2012 33 1221 nix W- Rubbe. S a" Panto es 12/20A20Q 33 12 25C-+onnection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013 3�-12 30 Go-mbi::aVzom n:,- ��7�G�':1V.lTfor- Potable Watef Systcrrrs 1'f/'f�40A2012 33 1240 Fire Hydrants 01/03/2014 33 12-50 33 0 wato camr1vo E"t s StandardBlow „ffValve Assembly 12/�ti 06/1 3 2Z�z 33 31 �3 Gar-ed i nlaee Pipe (Crnn4 Ea1'I1tZcry-Se26T2fS 12/�12 r240r2012 33 31 is �� High Dens:t., Pelyethylet+e 7 PE Pip S , p,����,��, (��i �) � I�..���'�..�i"t.��j �Ct 12/20A2 11 2 rcrcvrwzz 33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 06/19/2013 33 3121 Ew-itu er- 12/20A2012 Pipe ZZ -11 �z 33 3123 ar San tafy Se Eli;, r�,Ining m�� San tafy Sewer- Pipe >;alar-,.o.,.,ent Sewer- Sefyi C, Senv4ee r ; e 12/20A2012 12/20,QOQ nnl�n 33-31 50 ZZ�O 3339 10 Sanitary e nne fiens a -a ('',.mh:,-..,tio Air- Valve for- Sanitary Sewer- Fe -ee Mains Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 12/'fez 12/20/2012 33 39 20 2Z� Precast Concrete Manholes Fibe,-glass Manholes 12/20/2012 12/7rc�-20/i012 33-39 40 33 39 60 ZZ�O Write. a4e n eeess Chamber- (W n C) Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures l C,,nef:ete St,,..m Sewer- Pipe/C„l. 1240A2012 12/20/2012 1�i ✓-3 11 11 33-44 12 Reinf f:ee eAs High Density Polyethylene (14DPE) Pipe for- Staid 1 mi r Dein f ,-ee Pelyethle a (SRPE) Pipe 0�/no 12/zz 20A20 z 11/ 15 33 4600 �--w-vz 33 4601 ZZ�= 22� Stibdr-aiaage Slette St mvccccrvc0�.� �Y�1.L1,� Treneh Dr -a rs Dlaee 1 2 /'l�-s04012- 07/0 201 1 m�z 07/no 1�z 12/7zzi-20A20 33 0 33 4940 Cast i Manholes andTunet:..n B&ies QdFb andDrop inlets Sta m. D7c� age 14ea ....,lls and W;a,...,a! z 1'l1 /'1 z 0�/n�11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 Division 34 34 41 10 - Transportation Tr.,ffie Sig l 10/1 34 41 1n01 �vz Ol�it:'lJiit � C i+tmfe1ler-Ga ine 12/18A2015 3n n�v2 Attaahmmmt B !'',.,. tfollef C'peeifieatien 02A2012 34 ^� 1 10.03 Z^ #aehmeat- C—Soft-wan Sr 0 L�fieatiea 01A2012 34 34 41 13 T:C,',cVJlg::�1.5 • � De,,."...,ing Tr..f'fie Signals 1 1 /22A2013 12/7rc�-20 3,11 111 R- IIW.a Flashing 1?0....on i012 1 1 /22A20i3 115 3 ,mule 3n�no l bh-e ��' LilYii'�1� �• n sso,..' , /20,� �Q0z 34 4120.01 � �T� y �.�'�r�,�r�z �4r�r�1. r ler 06/1 c/2n1�� c 2n n�02 Freeway LED D U,...dw ., .T.. zminaiYvS 06/10 e�1�5 34 4120.03 Resi a f;.,l LED n,..,,h. ay r , �I,e7iiCn:rS 6/1 c/2 0n1 c 34 41 30 ZA�no Aluminum Signs T 11/12/2013 3471 13 Single ede Fiber- Optie Cable Traffic Control !N/'fvz�- 016 11/22/2013 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 Appendix GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements 99 00 00 City of Fort Worth Water Department Standard Products List 99 00 01 City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department Standard Products List END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Pagel of7 SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Bidlist Item No. Description I Specification Section No.I Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS 1 10241.1118 4"-12" Pressure Plug 0241 14 EA 1 $850.00 $850.00 2 13292.0201 Utility Service Surface Restoration Seeding 32 92 13 SY 230 $2.75 $632.50 3 13305.0109 Trench Safety 33 05 10 LF 1870 $1.00 $1,870.00 4 13305.0111 Valve Box Adjustment 33 05 14 EA 8 $700.00 $5,600.00 5 13311.0001 Ductile Iron Water Fittings w/ Restraint 33 11 11 TON 2.91 $6,790.00 $19,758.90 6 13311.0261 8" PVC Water Pipe 3311 12 LF 55 $83.00 $4,565.00 7 13311.0457 12" DIP Water, CLSM Backfill 3311 10 LF 32 $153.00 $4,896.00 8 13311.0461 12" PVC Water Pipe 3311 12 LF 1,670 $130.00 $217,100.00 9 13312.0001 Fire Hydrant 33 12 40 EA 3 $8,930.00 $26,790.00 10 13312.0117 Connection to Existing 4"-12" Water Main 33 12 25 EA 1 $4,863.00 $4,863.00 11 13312.2203 2" Water Service 33 12 10 EA 2 $3,986.00 $7,972.00 12 13312.3003 8" Gate Valve 33 12 20 EA 2 $2,699.00 $5,398.00 13 13312.3005 12" Gate Valve 33 12 20 EA 4 $4,443.00 $17,772.00 14 19999.0001 Automatic Flusher EA 1 $13.445.00 $13.445.00 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 TOTAL UNIT I: WATER 1 JIPROVEMENTS $331,512.40 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 00 42 43_Bid Proposal DAP Rev 3 - RF 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 7 UNIT PRICE BID SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Project Item Information Bidder's Application Bidlist Item Description Specification Section No. Unit of Bid No. Measure Quantity UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS 1 3292.0201 Utility Service Surface Restoration Seeding 3292 13 SY 4,944 2 3301.0002 Post -CCTV Inspection 3301 31 LF 2472 3 3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing 3301 30 EA 9 4 3305.0109 Trench Safety 33 05 10 LF 2472 5 3305.0112 Concrete Collar for Manhole 33 05 17 EA 2 6 3305.0202 Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS 33 05 10 CY 1 7 3305.0203 Imported Embedment/Backfill, CLSM 33 05 10 CY 9 8 3331.4115 8" Sewer Pipe 33 11 10, 33 31 12, LF 2,472 3331 20 9 3339.0001 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 18 10 3339.1001 4' Manhole 33 39 10, 33 39 20 EA 9 11 3339.1003 4' Extra Depth Manhole 33 39 10, 33 39 20 VF 19 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 TOTAL UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS Bidder's Proposal Unit Price I Bid Value $2.75 $13,596.00 $2.00 $4,944.00 $175.00 $1,575.00 $1.00 $2,472.00 $750.00 $1,500.00 $100.00 $100.00 $225.00 $2,025.00 $72.00 $177,984.00 $550.00 $9,900.00 $4,739.00 $42,651.00 $314.00 $5,966.00 $262,713.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Forth Version May 22, 2019 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Rev 3 - RE 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 4 of 7 UNIT PRICE BID Bidlist Item No. SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Project Item Information Description Bidder's Application Bidder's Proposal Unit of Bid Specification Section No. Measure I Quantity Unit Price Bid Value UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS 1 10170.0100 Mobilization 01 7000 LS 11 $208,964.00 $208,964.00 2 10241.0550 Remove Guardrail 0241 13 LF 3101 $30.00 $9,300.00 3 10241.0900 Remove Misc Conc Structure (Ex. Bridge) 0241 13 LS 11 $80,950.00 $80,950.00 4 10241.1100 Remove Asphalt Pvmt 0241 15 SY 8451 $76.50 $64,642.50 5 10241.1506 2" Surface Milling 0241 15 SY 8,1661 $6.00 $48,996.00 6 13110.0102 6"-12" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 711 $750.00 $53,250.00 7 13110.0103 12"-18" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 221 $1,000.00 $22,000.00 8 13110.0104 18"-24" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 81 $1,500.00 $12,000.00 9 13110.0105 24" and Larger Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 61 $2,500.00 $15,000.00 10 13124.0101 Embankment by Plan 31 2400 CY 5301 $30.00 $15,900.00 11 13125.0101 SW PPP >_ 1 acre 31 2500 LS 11 $35,112.00 $35,112.00 12 13137.0101 Concrete Riprap 31 3700 SY 20131 $90.00 $181,170.00 13 13201.0133 6' Wide Asphalt Pvmt Repair, Industrial 3201 17 LF 1,7631 $172.50 $304,117.50 14 13211.0400 Hydrated Lime 32 11 29 TN 31.61 $350.00 $11,060.00 15 13211.0501 6" Lime Treatment 32 11 29 SY 2,3391 $20.25 $47,364.75 16 13212.0302 2" Asphalt Pvmt Type D 32 12 16 SY 10,5051 $21.30 $223,756.50 17 13212.0505 8" Asphalt Base Type B 32 12 16 SY 2,3391 $59.50 $139,170.50 18 13213.0403 8" Concrete Driveway 32 1320 SF 1,7151 $7.00 $12,005.00 19 13217.0101 6" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (W) 32 1723 LF 7,3701 $2.50 $18,425.00 20 13217.0102 6" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (Y) 32 1723 LF 7,0551 $2.50 $17,637.50 21 13217.0501 24" SLD Pvmt Marking HAE (W) 32 1723 LF 151 $12.50 $187.50 22 13217.2103 REFL Raised Marker TY II -A -A 32 17 23 EA 211 $12.00 $252.00 23 13291.0100 Topsoil 3291 19 CY 3851 $6.80 $2,618.00 24 13292.0400 Seeding, Hydromulch 32 92 13 SY 1,1551 $2.75 $3,176.25 25 13441.4003 Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ground Mount City Std. 3441 30 EA 41 $725.00 $2,900.00 26 13441.4108 Remove Sign Panel and Post 3441 30 EA 11 $180.00 $180.00 27 13441.4110 Remove and Reinstall Sign Panel and Post 3441 30 EA 31 $550.00 $1,650.00 28 13471.0001 Traffic Control 3471 13 MO 91 $2,500.00 $22,500.00 29 19999.0004 ENVIROFLEX Riprap SY 4761 $420.00 $199,920.00 30 10416 6004 Drill Shaft (36 IN) TxDOT 0416 LF 3401 $366.90 $124,746.00 31 10416 6005 Drill Shaft (42 IN) TxDOT 0416 LF 2161 $395.00 $85,320.00 32 10420 6014 CL C Conc (Abut) (HPC) TxDOT 0420 CY 111.61 $1,602.00 $178,783.20 33 10420 6030 CL C Conc (CAP) (HPC) TxDOT 0420 CY 13.41 $1,586.00 $21,252.40 34 10420 6038 CL C Conc (Column) (HPC) TxDOT 0420 CY 9.41 $1,492.00 $14,024.80 35 10422 6002 Reinf Conc Slab (HPC) TxDOT 0422 SF 4,4101 $29.00 $127,890.00 36 10422 6016 Approach Slab (HPC) TxDOT 0422 CY 851 $716.00 $60,860.00 37 10423 6004 Retaining Wall (Conc Block) TxDOT 0423 SF 3,0791 $98.00 $301,742.00 38 10425 6036 Prestr Conc Girder (TX34) TxDOT 0425 LF 5841 $269.00 $157,096.00 39 10432 6002 Riprap (Conc) (4 IN) TxDOT 0432 CY 1351 $713.21 $96,283.35 40 10432 6045 Riprap (Mow Strip) (4 IN) TxDOT 0432 CY 41 $250.00 $1,000.00 41 10450 6004 Rail (TY T221) (HPC) TxDOT 0450 LF 3741 $126.00 $47,124.00 42 10454 6018 Sealed Expansion Joint (4 IN) (SEJ-M) TxDOT 0454 LF 62.41 $300.00 $18,720.00 43 10540 6004 MTL THRIE-BEAM GD FEN (Steel Post) TxDOT 0540 LF 6001 $35.50 $21,300.00 44 10540 6005 Terminal Anchor Section TxDOT 0540 EA 41 $4,223.00 $16,892.00 45 10540 6006 MTL BEAM GD FEN TRANS (Thrie-Beam) TxDOT 0540 EA 41 $3,001.00 $12,004.00 46 17145 6013 Cement Stabilized Base Backfill TxDOT 7145 CY 136 $238.00 $32,368.00 TOTAL UNIT IV: PAVING 11APROVEMENTS $3,071,610.75 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Forth Version May 22, 2019 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Rev 3 - RE 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 7 of 7 SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal IBidlist Item) I Measure Quantity Unit of I Bid Description (Specification Section No. Unit Price Bid Value No. Bid Summary UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $331,512.40 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS _ $262,713.00 UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS _ $3,071,610.75 UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS Total Construction Bid $3,665,836.15 This Bid is submitted by the entity named below: BIDDER: I .A. Petnado, I I 15815 ENecutivc Dr, Ste 500 Frisco. I t 75033 BY:.limniN Cur TITLE: - ecutiN �i,; Lilt DATE: 10!27i2021 Contractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditions. END OF SECTION 0 181 working days after the date when the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Rev 3 - RF Form Version May 22, 2019 0045 12 DAP PR.EQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 45 12 DAP - PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. In the "Maior Work Tvpe" box provide the complete major work type and actual description as provided by the Water Department for water and sewer and TPW for paving.. Major Work Type Water Distribution, Development, 12-inch diameter and smaller Sewer Collection System, Development, 8-inches and smaller Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction (LESS THAN 15,000 square yards) Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification Expiration Date Wright Construction 4/30/2024 Wright Construction 4/30/2024 Pavecon 9/30/2024 The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: F.A. Peinado Construction, LLC BY: Jimmy Cor d 15815 Executive Drive — Suite 500execu—ti-vee Frisco, TX 75033TITLVice President DATE: 10/27/2023 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PREQUALI F I CATION STATEMENT— DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS DO 45 12 Prequalification Statement Form Version September 1, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 00 45 26 - 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 45 26 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project No. 104589. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: F'.Nv UN177Z vtanAy: G494h-,5 Company (Please Print 61,7 -$l ��'6X-e--, ev-nV/,- t V6 Signature, Address (/I- —� f Su5W,'ry Title: 4sVt- _ City/State/Zip (Please Print) THE STATE OF TEXAS JENNIFER SANDBERG r2:� _Notary Public, state of Texas Comm. Expires 09-16-2024 COUNTY OF TARRANT § '�;'�o; Notary ID 126660540 r BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared .-�uMYh (�,pfhs , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribeo the foreoin instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this �Qq-� day of act , 20a3 Notary P 4infor the State Af Texas END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised April 2, 2014 005243-1 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Pagel of 4 1 SECTION 00 52 43 2 AGREEMENT 3 4 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on 10/27/2023 is made by and between the Developer, (SPRF 5 D / Cinnamon Industrial, LP), authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") , and F.A. 6 Peinado Construction, LLC, authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly 7 authorized representative, ("Contractor"). 8 Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as 9 follows: 10 Article 1. WORK 11 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 12 Project identified herein. 13 Article 2. PROJECT 14 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 15 generally described as follows: 16 Cinnamon Creek Industrial 17 CPN.• 104589 18 Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 19 3.1 Time is of the essence. 20 All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract 21 Documents are of the essence to this Contract. 22 3.2 Final Acceptance. 23 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within [181] working days after the date 24 when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard 25 City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 26 3.3 Liquidated damages 27 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer 28 will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in 29 Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of 30 the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded 31 Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in 32 proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is not 33 completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees 34 that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay 35 Developer One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) for each day that expires after the time 36 specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of 37 Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised June 16, 2016 005243-2 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 2 of 4 38 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 39 Developer agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 40 Documents an amount in current funds of Three Million Six Hundred Sixty Five Thousand 41 Eight Hundred Thirty Six Dollars and Fifteen Cents ($3,665,83615). 42 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 43 5.1 CONTENTS: 44 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and 45 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 46 1. This Agreement. 47 2. Attachments to this Agreement: 48 a. Bid Form (As provided by Developer) 49 1) Proposal Form (DAP Version) 50 2) Prequalification Statement 51 3) State and Federal documents (project specific) 52 b. Insurance ACORD Form(s) 53 c. Payment Bond (DAP Version) 54 d. Performance Bond (DAP Version) 55 e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version) 56 f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds 57 g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit 58 h. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form (If required) 59 3. Standard City General Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer 60 Awarded Projects. 61 4. Supplementary Conditions. 62 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment 63 or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of 64 Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 65 6. Drawings. 66 7. Addenda. 67 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 68 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the 69 Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: 70 a. Notice to Proceed. 71 b. Field Orders. 72 c. Change Orders. 73 d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 74 75 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised June 16, 2016 00 52 43 - 3 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 3 of 4 76 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 77 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 78 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all 79 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed 80 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees 81 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specificalli: intended to operate 82 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being 83 sought were caused, in whole or in part, by anv act. omission or ne lei ence of the cite. 84 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for 85 costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and 86 causes of actions. 87 88 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, 89 the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage 90 or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work 91 and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, 92 subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification 93 arovision is specifically- intended to overate and be effective even if it is aliened or 94 proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, 95 by am. act, omission or neg igence of the cite. 96 97 Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 98 7.1 Terms. 99 Terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of 100 the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 101 7.2 Assignment of Contract. 102 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 103 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer. 104 7.3 Successors and Assigns. 105 Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 106 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 107 obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 108 7.4 Severability. 109 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 110 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 111 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and 112 CONTRACTOR. 113 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 114 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 115 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the 116 Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised June 16, 2016 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 00 52 43 - 4 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 4 of 4 7.6 Authority to Sign. Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Developer and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple counterparts. This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties ("Effective Date") Contractor: 1)evelo er: F. A. Peinado Construction, LLC 1> �4 10A)A By: --- --- 1 B t, f, nature) Si ture) lNlwS,*9 1-1 LT A - Jimmy Cordes Z-. ru"OVI &►"e`GL-4— __— (Printed Name) Title: EVP Company Name: Address: 15815 Executive Drive Suite 500 City/State/Zip: Frisco, TX 75033 10/27/2023 Date / (Printed Name) Title: I 51 Company name: Address: City/State/Zip: `7 5 2 01 10/27/2023 Date CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer. Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPM 104589 Revised June 16, 2016 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EXECUTED IN TRIPLICATE SECTION 00 62 19 MAINTENANCE BOND 0062 19- 1 MAINTENANCE BOND Pagel of 3 Bond No. 46BCSIT7491 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § 8 That we F.A. Peinado Construction, LLC , known as 9 "Principal" herein and Hartford Accident and Indemnity Comvany , a corporate surety 10 (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 11 "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, Stream 12 Realty Partners, authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") and the City of Fort Worth, a 13 Texas municipal corporation ("City"), in the sum Three Million Six Hundred Sixty Five Thousand Eight 14 of Hundred Thirtv Six and 151100 Dollars ($ 3,665,836.15 15 lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for payment 16 of which sum well and truly be made jointly unto the Developer and the City as dual obligees and 17 their successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, 18 jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 19 20 WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of 21 community facilities in the City of Fort Worth by and through a Community Facilities 22 Agreement, CFA Number CFA23-0043; and 23 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Developer 24 awarded the 27th day of October , 20 23 , which Contract is 25 hereby referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all 26 materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the 27 Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, 28 the "Work") as provided for in said Contract and designated as Cinnamon Creek Industrial; and 29 30 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 31 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 32 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 33 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and 34 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised January 31, 2012 006219-2 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 2 of 3 1 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 2 upon receiving notice from the Developer and/or City of the need thereof at any time within the 3 Maintenance Period. 4 5 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 6 remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by Developer or City, to a 7 completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to 8 remain in full force and effect. 9 10 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 11 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the Developer or City may cause any and all such 12 defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne 13 by the Principal and the Surety under this Maintenance Bond; and 14 15 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 16 Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort 17 Worth Division; and 18 19 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 20 successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 21 22 23 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements 10 Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised January 31, 2012 006219-3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 of 3 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 2 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 27th day of October 3 , 2023 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 TEST: ( 411jj, 11,..01 W,4,a ( ncipa Secretary kviyii64Zwi r� , itn s as to al lrrincip P-wtn ATTEST: (SuretT) 5wafqx: C a is avez es o `surety Liam Hackett PRINCIPAL: F.A. Peinado Construction, LLC B Name and Title Address: 15815 Executive #500 Frisco, TX 75033 SURETY: Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company BY: Sign {ure f ) Sean McCaule• . Jr.. Attornev-In-Fact Name and Title Address: M0 LBJ FM, Suite 235 Dallas, TX 75240 Telephone Number: 214-989-7047 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN. 104589 Revised January 31, 2012 Direct Inquiries/Claims to: THE HARTFORD POWER OF ATTORNEY BOND, T-11 Hartford, Connetcut06156 Bond.Clalms9 thehartfoNsom call: 888-2663488 or fax: 860-757-5835 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: Agency Name: MCCAULEY BOND AGENCY LLC Agency Code: 46-512442 Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana 0 Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Twin City Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of Unlimited Sam Duckett, Sean McCauley Jr., Claudia Nunez, Katie Rooney, Ashlyn Simchik, Sarah Timmons, Bridget Truxillo, Jarrod Yost of DALLAS, Texas their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on May 23, 2016 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. 1% j� : 4c1+•u,l�. a toor r D97 .,p't°"too 1!4!�•� ti Shelby Wiggins, Assistant Secretary Joelle L. LaPierre, Assistant Vice President STATE OF FLC SS. Lake Mary COUNTY OF SEMINOLE On this 20th day of May, 2021, before me personally came Joelle LaPierre, to me known, who being by me duly swom, did depose and say: that (s)he resides in Seminole County, State of Florida; that (s)he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that (s)he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that (s)he signed his/her name thereto by like authority. J��'•Pe- Jessica Ciccone My Commission HH 122280 Expires June 20, 2025 I, the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY th#tsthe above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is still in full force effective as of Signed and sealed in Lake Mary, Florida. _ � iµMRIRUr��' i i9+wr •w'" 1079 Keith D. Dozois, Assistant Vice President STATE OF TEXAS STATE BOARD OF INSURANCE 4{*{�;: Company No. Certificate N9 4360 x °? 3 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT i HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT has complied with the laws of the State of Texas applicable thereto and is hereby authorized to trans- act the business of Fire; Allied Coverages; Hail, growing crops only; Rain; Inland Marine; Ocean Marine; Aircraft --Liability and Physical Damage; Accident; Health; Workmen's Compensation; Employers' Liability; Automobile --Liability and Physical Damage; Liability other than Automobile; Fidelity; Surety; Glass; Burglary; Theft; Forgery; Boiler; Machinery; Credit, excluding mortgage guarantee; Livestock; and Reinsurance on all lines except Life and Annuities insurance within the State of Texas. This Certificate of Authority shall be in full force and effect until it is revoked, canceled or suspended according to law. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness my hand and seal of office at Austin, Texas, this .51.h.... day of --_----_---- MAY------------------- , A. D. �.7 Q... COMMISSIO R. OF INSURANCE IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact your Agent. You may call The Hartford's Consumer Affairs toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-451-6944 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights, or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www. tdi. texas. Qov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi. texas. Qov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the (agent) (company) (agent or the company) first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. ./TX4275-1 ill THE HARTFORD Claims Inquiries Notice Hartford Fire Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company Twin City Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Insurance Company of the Southwest Please address inquiries regarding Claims for all surety and fidelity products issued by The Hartford' s underwriting companies to the following: Phone Number: Fax — Claims E-mail Mailing Address 888-266-3488 860-757-5835 or 860-221-3965 bond. cl ai msr&thehartford.com Hartford Insurance One Hartford Plaza T 14 Hartford, CT 06155 Claims Inquiries Notice 2003 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology.......... 1.01 Defined Terms ............................... 1.02 Terminology .................................. Article 2 — Preliminary Matters ....................... 2.01 Before Starting Construction...... 2.02 Preconstruction Conference........ 2.03 Public Meeting ............................ Page .............................................1 .............................................1 ............................................. 5 ....................................................... 6 ....................................................... 6 ....................................................... 6 ....................................................... 6 Article 3 — Contract Documents and Amending............................................................................................... 6 3.01 Reference Standards..................................................................................................................... 6 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................. 6 Article 4 — Bonds and Insurance....................................................................................................................... 7 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers..................................................................................................... 7 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds........................................................................ 7 4.03 Certificates of Insurance............................................................................................................... 7 4.04 Contractor's Insurance.................................................................................................................. 9 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................12 Article 5 — Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................12 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent.................................................................................................12 5.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................13 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................13 5.04 Project Schedule..........................................................................................................................14 5.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals".......................................................................................................14 5.06 Pre -Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors).....................................16 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others...................................................................16 5.08 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................18 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................19 5.10 Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................19 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas.......................................................................................................19 5.12 Record Documents......................................................................................................................20 5.13 Safety and Protection.................................................................................................................. 21 5.14 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................21 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs.............................................................................................22 5.16 Submittals....................................................................................................................................22 5.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................23 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 5.18 Indemnification ............................................ 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services 5.20 Right to Audit: ............................................. 5.21 Nondiscrimination ........................................ Article 6 - Other Work at the Site....... 6.01 Related Work at Site ....... Article 7 - City's Responsibilities ............................................ 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ....................... 7.02 Limitations on City's Responsibilities ................ 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program ........................ Article 8 - City's Observation Status During Construction....... 8.01 City's Project Representative ................................. 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work .............................. 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work ...................................... 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed ...................... Article 9 - Changes in the Work ...................... 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 9.02 Notification to Surety ................... Article 10 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time 10.01 Change of Contract Price ........................................... 10.02 Change of Contract Time ........................................... 10.03 Delays......................................................................... Article 11 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ............ 11.01 Notice of Defects.............................................................................................................. 11.02 Access to Work................................................................................................................. 11.03 Tests and Inspections........................................................................................................ 11.04 Uncovering Work............................................................................................................. 11.05 City May Stop the Work................................................................................................... 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work...................................................................... 11.07 Correction Period.............................................................................................................. 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work................................................................................... Article 12 - Completion ........................................... 12.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title ............ 12.02 Partial Utilization ................................. 12.03 Final Inspection .................................... 12.04 Final Acceptance .................................. Article 13 - Suspension of Work ..................................... 13.01 City May Suspend Work ............................. Article 14 - Miscellaneous 14.01 Giving Notice 24 24 25 25 26 26 26 26 26 27 a a ... 29 ... 29 ... 29 ... 29 ... 30 ... 30 ... 30 ... 30 ... 31 ................................. 32 ................................. 32 ................................. 32 ................................. 32 ................................. 33 ............................................................. 33 ............................................................. 33 ............................................................................... 34 ............................................................................... 34 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 14.02 Computation of Times................................................................................................................ 34 14.03 Cumulative Remedies................................................................................................................. 34 14.04 Survival of Obligations...............................................................................................................35 14.05 Headings......................................................................................................................................35 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 1 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 1 of 35 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Developer and Contractor covering the Work 2. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 3. Business Day — A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 4. Buzzsaw — City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. 5. Calendar Day — A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 6. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a Texas home -rule municipal corporation, acting by, its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized pursuant to its duly authorized charter on his behalf. 7. Community Facilities Agreement (CFA) A Contract between the Developer and the City for the Construction of one or more following public facilities within the City public right-of- way or easement: Water, Sanitary Sewer, Street, Storm Drain, Street Light, and Street Signs. A CFA may include private facilities within the right-of-way dedicated as private right-of- way or easement on a recorded plat. 8. Contract —The entire and integrated written document incorporating the Contract Documents between the Developer, Contractor, and/or City concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 9. Contract Documents —Those items that make up the contract and which must include the Agreement, and it's attachments such as standard construction specifications, standard City Conditions, other general conditions of the Developer, including: a. An Agreement CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10-2 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 2 of 35 b. Attachments to the Agreement i. Bid Form ii. Vendor Compliance with State Law Non -Resident Bidder iii. Prequalification Statement C. Current Prevailing Wage Rates Table (if required by City) d. Insurance Accord Form e. Payment Bond f. Performance Bond g. Maintenance Bond h. Power of Attorney for Bonds i. Workers Compensation Affidavit j. MWBE Commitment Form( If required by City) k. General Conditions 1. Supplementary Conditions in. The Standard City Conditions n. Specifications specifically made part of the Contract Documents by attachment, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents o. Drawings P. Documentation submitted by contractor prior to Notice of Award. q. The following which may be delivered or issued after the effective date if the Agreement and, if issued become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents i. Notice to Proceed ii. Field Orders iii. Change Orders iv. Letters of Final Acceptance r. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 10. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom Developer has entered into the Agreement. 11. Day or day —A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 12. Developer — An individual or entity that desires to make certain improvements within the City of Fort Worth 13. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 14. Engineer —The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the Developer. 15. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Developer and/or Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 3 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 3 of 35 16. Final Inspection — Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 17. General Requirements —A part of the Contract Documents between the Developer and a Contractor. 18. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 19. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 20. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 21. Non -Participating Change Order —A document, which is prepared for and reviewed by the City, which is signed by Contractor, and Developer, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 22. Participating Change Order —A document, which is prepared for and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor, Developer, and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 23. Plans — See definition of Drawings. 24. Project Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 25. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 26. Project Representative —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 27. Public Meeting — An announced meeting conducted by the Developer to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 28. Regular Working Hours — Hours beginning at 7: 00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 29. Samples Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 4 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 4 of 35 30. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 31. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City or Developer upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City or Developer which are designated for the use of Contractor. 32. Specifications —That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 33. Standard City Conditions — That part of the Contract Documents setting forth requirements of the City. 34. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of apart of the Work at the Site. 35. Submittals All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 36. Superintendent — The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and/or Developer and to act for the Contractor. 37. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements the General Conditions. 38. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 39. Underground Facilities All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 40. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9: 00 a. in. and ending at 5: 00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 5 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 5 of 35 41. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Participating Change Order, Non -Participating Change Order, or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 42. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p. m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through D are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. C. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. D. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 6 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 6 of 35 ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit to City in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. New schedules will be submitted to City when Participating Change Orders or Non - Participating Change Orders occur. 2.02 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.03 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AMENDING 3.01 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Participating Change Order or a Non -Participating Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 7 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 7 of 35 1. City's or Engineer's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5.16.C); or 2. City's written interpretation or clarification. ARTICLE 4 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided Section 4.04. 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the name of Developer and City, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in the name of Developer and City in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 4.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02.C. 4.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to Developer and City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in these Standard City Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 8 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 8 of 35 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, an as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in these Standard City Conditions. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 6. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 7. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 8. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 9. Any self -insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10-9 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 9 of 35 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 10. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 11. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 12. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either parry or the underwriter on any such policies. 13. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 4.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. The limits of liability for the insurance shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations a. Statutory limits b. Employer's liability CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 10 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 10 of 35 1) $100,000 each accident/occurrence 2) $100,000 Disease - each employee 3) $500,000 Disease - policy limit B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. 1. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project 2. Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of: a. $1,000,000 each occurrence b. $2,000,000 aggregate limit 3. The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 4. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1. Automobile Liability, Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section, which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: a. Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 11 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 11 of 35 1) $1, 000, 000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: 2) $250,000 Bodily Injury per person 3) $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 4) $100,000 Property Damage D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: 1. The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks owned and operated by: NONE Write the name of the railroad company. (If none, then write none) 2. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. 3. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: a. General Aggregate: NONE Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) b. Each Occurrence:: NONE Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) 4. With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: a. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. b. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of - CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 12 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 12 of 35 way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. c. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. d. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. 5. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. 6. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the Developer and City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the Developer or City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Developer or City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 5 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 13 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 13 of 35 Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 5.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 14 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 14 of 35 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 9. Adjustments in Contract Time for projects with City participation shall be made by participating change orders. 5.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 5.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 15 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 15 of 35 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 5.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 0125 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: i. perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; ii. be similar in substance to that specified; iii. be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: i. the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; ii. whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; iii. whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: i. all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; ii. available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 16 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 16 of 35 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 5.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A and 5.05.13. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or -equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A.2 and 5.05.B. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. G. Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Participating Change Order. 5.06 Pre -Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) A. The Contractor and any subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring pre -qualification 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance: CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 17 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 17 of 35 ❑ Required for this Contract. (Check this box if there is any City Participation) ® Not Required for this Contract. It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City's MWBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the Contract. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. D. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. E. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of these Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 18 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 18 of 35 Documents, Contractor shall provide City contract numbers and reference numbers to the Subcontractors and/or Suppliers. 5.08 Wage Rates ❑ Required for this Contract. ® Not Required for this Contract. A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 1 Ith day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 19 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 19 of 35 occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 5.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.01. 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 20 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 20 of 35 other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 5.18, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City or Developer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and shall be entitled to recover its cost in doing so. The City may withhold Final Acceptance until clean-up is complete and cost are recovered. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 5.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 21 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 21 of 35 Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 5.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 5.13.A.2 or 5.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 5.14 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 22 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 22 of 35 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 5.16 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance. Each submittal will be identified as required by City. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information -Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 23 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 23 of 35 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City or Developer of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 24 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 24 of 35 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 4.02.13. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 5.18 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 25 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 25 of 35 C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 5.19, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 5.16.C. 5.20 Right to Audit: A. The City reserves the right to audit all projects utilizing City funds B. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. D. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 5.21 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit - related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 26 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 26 of 35 ARTICLE 6 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 6.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. ARTICLE 7 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 11.03. 7.02 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 27 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 27 of 35 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 8.01 City's Project Representative City will provide one or more Project Representative(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. A. City's Project Representative will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Representative will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Representative's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Representative's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents. 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City Developer, and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 11, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 28 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 28 of 35 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). ARTICLE 9 — CHANGES IN THE WORK 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Participating Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price on a project with City participation, a Field Order may be issued by the City. 9.02 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 10.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.03 Delays A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 29 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 29 of 35 ARTICLE 11— TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 11.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 11.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 11.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations approved by City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 11.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 30 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 30 of 35 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 11.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. Developer/Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue a letter of Final Acceptance until the Testing Lab is Paid E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. 11.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. 11.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 11.06 or Paragraph 11.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 11.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 31 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 31 of 35 Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 5.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 11.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor and Developer should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 11.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 11.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 11.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor and the Developer, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 32 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 32 of 35 stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09. ARTICLE 12 — COMPLETION 12.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment will pass to City no later than the time of Final Acceptance and shall be free and clear of all Liens. 12.02 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 12.03 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 33 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 33 of 35 1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 12.04 Final Acceptance A. Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance upon the satisfaction of the following: 1. All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; 2. consent of the surety, if any, to Final Acceptance; 3. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and 4. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 5. after all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 6. Issuing Final Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. ARTICLE 13 — SUSPENSION OF WORK 13.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will stop contract time on City participation projects. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 34 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 34 of 35 available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. ARTICLE 14 — MISCELLANEOUS 14.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given i£ 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 14.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 14.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 35 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 35 of 35 14.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 14.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised: January 10, 2013 011100-1 DAP SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 3 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and Specifications. B. Subsidiary Work Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. C. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights -of -way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — Developer Awarded Projects CPN. 104589 Revised December 20, 2012 01 11 00 - 2 DAP SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. D. Work within Easements 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights -of -way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the Work as a part of the project construction operations. 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the Work. b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. 6. Fence a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project to the original or a better than original condition. b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to provide site security. c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — Developer Awarded Projects CPN: 104589 Revised December 20, 2012 01 11 00 - 3 DAP SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — Developer Awarded Projects CPN: 104589 Revised December 20, 2012 012500-1 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 4 The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer b. Name of vendor c. Trade name d. Catalog number 2. Substitutions are not "or -equals". B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Request for Substitution - General 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or -equals," as determined by City. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions under the following conditions: a. Or -equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; or, CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 012500-2 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 1. Substitution shall be considered only: a. After award of Contract b. Under the conditions stated herein 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including: a. Documentation 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is proposed 3) Data relating to changes in cost b. For products 1) Product identification a) Manufacturer's name b) Telephone number and representative contact name c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: a) Size b) Composition or materials of construction c) Weight d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 4) Product experience a) Location of past projects utilizing product b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 5) Samples a) Provide at request of City. b) Samples become the property of the City. c. For construction methods: 1) Detailed description of proposed method 2) Illustration drawings C. Approval or Rejection 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 3. In the event the substitution is approved, if a reduction in cost or time results, it will be documented by Change Order. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 012500-3 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 4. Substitution will be rejected if. a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section c. In the Developer's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design d. In the City's or Developer's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 012500-4 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: PROJECT: DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Equal Better (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: For Use by City Signature as noted Firm Address Date Telephone For Use by City: Approved City Recommended Recommended Not recommended Received late By Date Remarks Date Rej ected CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013119-1 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING SECTION 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 3 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to clarify construction contract administration procedures B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. No construction schedule required unless requested by the City. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. B. Preconstruction Meeting 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the delivery of the distribution package to the City. a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 3. Attendance shall include: a. Developer and Consultant b. Contractor's project manager c. Contractor's superintendent d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 01 31 19 - 2 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 e. Other City representatives f. Others as appropriate 4. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Introduction of Project Personnel b. General Description of Project c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits d. Contractor's work plan and schedule e. Contract Time f. Notice to Proceed g. Construction Staking h. Progress Payments i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures j. Field Orders k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 1. Insurance Renewals m. Payroll Certification n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing o. Public Safety and Convenience p. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions q. Weekend Work Notification r. Legal Holidays s. Trench Safety Plans t. Confined Space Entry Standards u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water systems v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan w. Coordination with other Contractors x. Early Warning System y. Contractor Evaluation z. Special Conditions applicable to the project aa. Damages Claims bb. Submittal Procedures cc. Substitution Procedures dd. Correspondence Routing ee. Record Drawings ff. Temporary construction facilities gg. MBE/SBE procedures hh. Final Acceptance ii. Final Payment J. Questions or Comments CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013119-3 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013233-1 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0132 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Videos B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Though not mandatory, it is highly recommended on infill developer projects. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preconstruction Video 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 01 32 33 - 2 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 SECTION 0133 00 DAP SUBMITTALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 013300-1 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work -related submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals) c. Samples d. Mock Ups B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination of Submittal Times a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including, but not limited to: a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) b) Coordination with other submittals c) Testing d) Purchasing e) Fabrication f) Delivery g) Similar sequenced activities c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-2 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Submittal Numbering When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross- reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03 30 00-08-B 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing C. Contractor Certification Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: a. Field measurements b. Field construction criteria c. Catalog numbers and similar data d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: a. The Contractor's Company name b. Signature of submittal reviewer c. Certification Statement 1) `By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." D. Submittal Format 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches to 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches. 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 3. Order a. Cover Sheet 1) Description of Packet 2) Contractor Certification b. List of items / Table of Contents c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations E. Submittal Content 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-3 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 2. The Project title and number 3. Contractor identification 4. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and paragraph(s) 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps F. Shop Drawings 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Custom -prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings b. Scheduled information c. Setting diagrams d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions e. Custom templates f. Special wiring diagrams g. Coordination drawings h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 1) Performance curves and certifications i. As applicable to the Work 2. Details a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval. G. Product Data 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City's Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions 2) Availability of colors and patterns 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 4) Roughing -in diagrams and templates 5) Catalog cuts 6) Product photographs CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-4 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 7) Standard wiring diagrams 8) Printed performance curves and operational -range diagrams 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 10) Mill reports 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare -parts listing and printed product warranties 12) As applicable to the Work H. Samples As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on -site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. J. Submittal Distribution Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c. Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-5 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 a. Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals b) 7 copies for all other submittals c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 4 copies c. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. K. Submittal Review 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: a. Code 1 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN' is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. b. Code 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-6 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. c. Code 3 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non -conforming items that were noted. c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. d. Code 4 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 6. Resubmittals a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method a) At Contractor's risk if not marked b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's expense. 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative's then prevailing rates. 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for all such fees invoiced by the City. c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 7. Partial Submittals a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City's discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the Developer at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-7 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City. L. Mock ups 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. M. Qualifications 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. Certification for each item required. N. Request for Information (RFI) 1. Contractor Request for additional information a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 2. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013300-8 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] D 31111=1x4011130 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 1 2 3 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 0135 13- 1 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 7 SECTION 0135 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 8 a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 9 b. Work near High Voltage Lines 10 c. Confined Space Entry Program 11 d. Air Pollution Watch Days 12 e. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 13 £ Water Department Notification 14 g. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 15 h. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 16 i. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 17 j. Dust Control 18 k. Employee Parking 19 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 20 1. None. 21 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 22 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 23 2. Division 1— General Requirements 24 3. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 25 26 1.2 REFERENCES 27 A. Reference Standards 28 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 29 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 30 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 31 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 32 High Voltage Overhead Lines. 33 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) — Clean Construction 34 Specification 35 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 36 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 37 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 38 Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 39 a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 40 therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 013513-2 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 7 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of Transportation B. Work near High Voltage Lines 1. Regulatory Requirements a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 2. Warning sign a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following safety features a. Insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines a. Notification shall be given to: 1) The power company (example: ONCOR) a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record action taken in each case. b. Coordination with power company 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de -energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above requirements have been met. C. Confined Space Entry Program 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2. Confined Spaces include: a. Manholes b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for Confined Spaces D. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: a. Public Notification 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours prior to commencing. 2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 0131 13 E. Water Department Coordination 1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013513-3 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 7 1 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 2 City water line system with the City's representative. 3 a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 4 b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use 5 during the life of named project. 6 c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 7 to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 8 activity through the appropriate City representative. 9 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 10 a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 11 Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 12 will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 13 b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 14 responsibilities as a result of these actions. 15 F. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 16 1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block by block 17 basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 18 door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 19 shall be prepared as follows: 20 a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 21 block in the project area. 22 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor's letterhead and include the following 23 information: 24 a) Name of Project 25 b) City Project No (CPN) 26 c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 27 d) Actual construction duration within the block 28 e) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number 29 f) Name of the City's inspector and phone number 30 g) City's after-hours phone number 31 2) A sample of the `pre -construction notification' flyer is attached as Exhibit 32 A. 33 3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 34 block of the project to the inspector. 35 4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 36 b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 37 delivered to all residents of the block. 38 G. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 39 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 40 residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 41 the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 42 2. Prepared notice as follows: 43 a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 44 interruption. 45 b. Prepare flyer on the contractor's letterhead and include the following 46 information: 47 1) Name of the project 48 2) City Project Number CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 01 35 13 - 4 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 7 3) Date of the interruption of service 4) Period the interruption will take place 5) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number 6) Name of the City's inspector and phone number c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as Exhibit B. d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector for review prior to being distributed. e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and businesses. f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project Construction Inspector. H. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated permit. I. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: a. Flagmen b. Inspectors c. Safety training d. Additional insurance e. Insurance certificates f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance with the permit guidelines. 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad's requirements. J. Dust Control 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. K. Employee Parking 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 013513-5 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 7 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 12 13 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.33 — Added requirement of compliance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9. 8/31/2012 D. Johnson Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 01 35 13 - 6 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 7 EXHIBIT A (To be printed on Contractor's Letterhead) Date: CPN No.: Project Name: Mapsco Location: Limits of Construction: THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR PROPERTY. CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS NOTICE. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: Mr. <CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> OR Mr. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 2 Date: EXHIBIT B FORT WORTH Dos NO. xxxx Project Name: 013513-7 DAP SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 7 of 7 NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT -OUT, PLEASE CALL: MR. AT (CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) 1010 MR. AT (CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. THANK YOU, 3 -- 4 ,CONTRACTOR CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised August 30, 2013 01 45 23 DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0145 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all Quality Control testing. b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality Assurance testing. 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to the City's document management system, or another form of distribution approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 01 45 23 DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 03/20/2020 D.V. Magana Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded through the City's document management system. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 015000-1 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not necessarily limited to: a. Temporary utilities b. Sanitary facilities c. Storage Sheds and Buildings d. Dust control e. Temporary fencing of the construction site B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Utilities 1. Obtaining Temporary Service a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final Acceptance. 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 2. Water a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as required for the completion of the Work. b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel and City's Project Representatives. c. Coordination 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised JULY 1, 2011 01 50 00 - 2 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City's established rates. 3. Electricity and Lighting a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including testing of Work. 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 4. Telephone a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. B. Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health problem. d. Haul sewage and waste off -site at no less than weekly intervals and properly dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off ground. 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. D. Temporary Fencing Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract documents E. Dust Control CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised JULY 1, 2011 01 50 00 - 3 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the project. a. Contractor remains on -call at all times b. Must respond in a timely manner F. Temporary Protection of Construction 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due to weather. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Temporary Facilities 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Temporary Facilities CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised JULY 1, 2011 01 50 00 - 4 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised JULY 1, 2011 015526-1 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 3 SECTION 0155 26 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative procedures for: a. Street Use Permit b. Modification of approved traffic control c. Removal of Street Signs B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 34 71 13 — Traffic Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Traffic Control 1. General a. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. b. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for review. 1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. B. Street Use Permit 1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required. a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City Transportation and Public Works Department. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised July 1, 2011 015526-2 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 3 1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. 2) Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control Prior to installation traffic control: a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and Public Works Department. 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 3) It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. D. Removal of Street Sign 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to remove the sign. E. Temporary Signage 1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. 3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign. F. Traffic Control Standards 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City's Buzzsaw website. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised July 1, 2011 015526-3 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised July 1, 2011 015713-1 DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 3 SECTION 0157 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 3125 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 3125 00. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised July 1, 2011 01 57 13 - 2 DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 3 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 3125 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392- 6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 3125 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 3125 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SWPPP Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00, except as stated herein. a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised July 1, 2011 0157 13 -3 DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 3 B. Modified SWPPP 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 0133 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 01 60 00 DAP PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A list of City approved products for use is available through the City's website at: httDs://apps.fortworthtexas.2ov/ProiectResources/ and following the directory path: 02 - Construction Documents\Standard Products List A. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. B. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City's Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List. C. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer's standard product. D. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's Standard Product List. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 01 60 00 DAP PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City's Standard Product List 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 03/20/2020 D.V. Magafia Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is accessible through the City's website. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 016600-1 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0166 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 66 00 - 2 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. Storage Requirements 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Project Representative. 5. Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. a. Provide addresses of and access to off -site storage locations for inspection by City's Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City's Project Representative. a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City's Project Representative. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPY: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 016600-3 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 66 00 - 4 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 70 00 - 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 0170 00 2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 3 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 2. Remobilization a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c) Lost profits CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 6 1 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects 2 a. Mobilization and Demobilization 3 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis 4 necessary for: 5 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating 6 supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. 7 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's 8 operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 9 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: 10 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating 11 supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work 12 Order 13 b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order 14 c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for 15 each Work Oder 16 b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 17 work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 18 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects 19 a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the 20 mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. 21 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 22 1. None. 23 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 24 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 25 2. Division 1— General Requirements 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment [Consult City Department/Division for direction on if 28 Mobilization pay item to be included or the item should be subsidiary. Include the 29 appropriate Section 1.2 A. 1.] 30 No'a'.icatir� ram Damebilizatie 31 a. 32 1) TSAv it„ . 33 b. Paymet}t 34 "tith thin Item 35 nto'ad cxq 36 allowed. 37 faw 38 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 39 a. Measure 40 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum or each as the work 41 progresses. Mobilization is calculated on the base bid only and will not be 42 paid for separately on any additive alternate items added to the Contract. 43 2) Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items. 44 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 6 1 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 2 Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 3 made in partial payments as follows: 4 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 5 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid ' 6 allowed] of of the total GepA-aet . fft, .,,>7iehever- is loss, will be paid. 7 b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 8 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid or- fAsert the niax-inmni 9 , to eaioi of the total r ft.aet ameu.-A,-vA+w4wNvr iz'rQU., will be paid. 10 Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 11 c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 12 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid or f' s-ert the . 13 rlaw j of the total Gontm—A-zma m4 ..,1,iehever- is less, will be paid. 14 Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 15 d) " d tot-alfor- Mobilrz-atien" eontai-ning a in exeess of 16 ° 17 . 18 e) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization - Paving/Drainage" shall NOT 19 include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with 20 water/sewer items. Those costs shall be included in the various 21 water/sewer bid Items. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered 22 unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. 23 f) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization - Paving" shall NOT include 24 any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with drainage items. 25 Those costs shall be included in the "Mobilization - Drainage" Lump 26 Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered unbalanced 27 and a cause for consideration of rejection. 28 g) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization - Drainage" shall NOT 29 include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with paving 30 items. Those costs shall be included in the "Mobilization - Paving" 31 Lump Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered 32 unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. 33 2) The work performed and materials furnished for demobilization in 34 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no 35 other compensation will be allowed. 36 {$P-1 37 Mobilization and Demobilization 38 a. Me 39 1) Thr✓.t 40 vafieus ito bi 41 ZTMebilrzp ion Paving," liza )n—Dr-aina e," a r,l e "" �oril ic�tirr: 42 Wig, nainaga" will be measiffedb tryj lum o: aaeh s the. ,1 43 pivgFesses McNH 6oxi IZ ealeulated on the base bid only and will a0t be 44 paid for- separately on any additive ahefn4e items added to the Gen#aet. 45 3) „o,v,obil , t;on *rol 1•. . 46 b. P-aymen 47 1. The work ,.o .f t:med aTA rratorialg f4aished ; aeeefda-nee with this item 48 49 CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised November 22, 2016 01 70 00 - 4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 6 1 2) "Mebilizp ion Paving... cc zatien Drainage,"ziiarvi"MQ1�%11L1�%71�Y: 2 " 4 0 eats loss +>,a A.u-W zu lizatio . " zat4orz-dIaa111:a 5 made in paftial payments as fellews. 6 ) When 1 of f the adjusted r r., aet ameupA for- , rs+..uet r moms ; 7 earned, 5�tk.1molvlicataon luII-, vam bia or fr*. ert r� Me 8 0 q amount, ,. h i o.,ar �z 1Qm, will be id. 11 eafned, 750i of the ,..web li on lie�4"Cl/�i'�11% 12 law aroi of the total pEwing, ,1...,inago g/&— ir\.\go 'Eei t 13 Gmi3urit, :i,less, will be paid. ten4s tinder- the item 14 will be dedtieted fte 15 e) NVhe 1 not f the adjusted r r+, aet ametifA f , fs+,.uet r Re 16 eamed, l nnoi of the mobil or luw.-r bid r, �, rt the nia:x-i 17 ° , 18 ameupA, whi ar iz !m, will� evieus paymensufider the item 19 will be dedtieted fte 20 "Mobilization" in exeess of ffWs 21 ° 46 of total paving, 23 of rejeeflen. 24 3) The oyli Yarl�jrwa and ,v,.,to.ials 4;,,., ishe,1 for- demobilization ; 25 26 27 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract 28 Documents 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 34 price per each "Specified Remobilization" in accordance with Contract 35 Documents. 36 c. The price shall include: 37 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 38 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) 39 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 40 Item. 41 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City 42 a. Measurement and Payment 43 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 44 of Section 00 72 00. 45 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 46 with this Item. 47 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects 48 a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-5 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 5 of 6 1 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and 2 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents 3 b. Payment 4 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 6 price per each "Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract 7 Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization 8 and shall not be paid for separately. 9 c. The price shall include: 10 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 11 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) 12 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 13 Item. 14 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and 17 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents 18 b. Payment 19 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 21 price per each "Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with 22 Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to 23 mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. 24 c. The price shall include 25 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a) 26 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) 27 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 28 Item. 29 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 31 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 36 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 37 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 38 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-6 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 6 of 6 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/16 Michael Owen 1.2 Price and Payment Procedures - Revised specification, including blue text, to make specification flexible for either subsidiary or paid bid item for Mobilization. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN.• 104589 Revised November 22, 2016 017123-1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 01 71 23 2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. See Changes (Highlighted in Yellow). 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1— General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Construction Staking 15 a. Measurement 16 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 19 Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will 20 be allowed. 21 2. Construction Survey 22 a. Measurement 23 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 26 Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 27 allowed. 28 3. As -Built Survey 29 a. Measurement 30 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 33 Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 34 allowed. 35 1.3 REFERENCES 36 A. Definitions 37 1. Construction Survev - The survey measurements made prior to or while 38 construction is in progress to control elevation, horizontal position, dimensions and 39 configuration of structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 017123-2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 7 2. As -built Survev —The measurements made after the construction of the improvement features are complete to provide position coordinates for the features of a project. 3. Construction Staking — The placement of stakes and markings to provide offsets and elevations to cut and fill in order to locate on the ground the designed structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. Construction staking shall include staking easements and/or right of way if indicated on the plans. 4. Survev "Field Checks" — Measurements made after construction staking is completed and before construction work begins to ensure that structures marked on the ground are accurately located per Project Drawings. B. Technical References 1. City of Fort Worth — Construction Staking Standards (available on City's Buzzsaw website) — 01 71 23.16.01— Attachment A Survey Staking Standards 2. City of Fort Worth - Standard Survey Data Collector Library (fxl) files (available on City's Buzzsaw website). 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Survey Manual, latest revision 4. Texas Society of Professional Land Surveyors (TSPS), Manual of Practice for Land Surveying in the State of Texas, Category 5 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21 A. The Contractor's selection of a surveyor must comply with Texas Government 22 Code 2254 (qualifications based selection) for this project. 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 25 B. All submittals shall be received and reviewed by the City prior to delivery of work. 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27 A. Field Quality Control Submittals 28 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work, including coordinate 29 conversions if plans do not indicate grid or ground coordinates. 30 2. Submit "Cut -Sheets" conforming to the standard template provided by the City 31 (refer to 01 71 23.16.01— Attachment A — Survey Staking Standards). 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 33 B. As -built Redline Drawing Submittal 34 1. Submit As -Built Survey Redline Drawings documenting the locations/elevations of 35 constructed improvements signed and sealed by Registered Professional Land 36 Surveyor (RPLS) responsible for the work (refer to 01 71 23.16.01 — Attachment A 37 — Survey Staking Standards) . 38 2. Contractor shall submit the proposed as -built and completed redline drawing 39 submittal one (1) week prior to scheduling the project final inspection for City 40 review and comment. Revisions, if necessary, shall be made to the as -built redline 41 drawings and resubmitted to the City prior to scheduling the construction final 42 inspection. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-3 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 A. Construction Staking 4 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 2. Coordination a. Contact City and Developer's Project Representative at least one week in advance notifying the City of when Construction Staking is scheduled. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes. If Developer's Project Representative is required to re -stake for any reason, the Contractor will be responsible for costs to perform staking. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed disturbed or omitted that the contracted Work cannot take place then the Contractor will be required to stake or re -stake the deficient areas. B. Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contractor to verify that horizontal and vertical control data established in the design survey and required for construction survey is available and in place. 3. General a. Construction survey will be performed in order to construct the work shown on the Construction Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents. b. For construction methods other than open cut, the Contractor shall perform construction survey and verify control data including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate. 2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling. 3) Use of line and grades to establish the location of the pipe. 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and grades, if requested, and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. 5) Provide access for the City, if requested, to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe. 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and correction of it, as required. 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to the City. 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances (as outlined in Sections 33 05 23 and/or 33 05 24), immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. As -Built Survey 1. Required As -Built Survey will be performed by the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 01 71 23 - 4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 7 2. Coordination a. Contractor is to coordinate with City to confirm which features require as - built surveying. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the as -built survey and required measurements for items that are to be buried such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. c. For sewer mains and water mains 12" and under in diameter, it is acceptable to physically measure depth and mark the location during the progress of construction and take as -built survey after the facility has been buried. The Contractor is responsible for the quality control needed to ensure accuracy. 3. General a. The Contractor shall provide as -built survey including the elevation and location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction features during the progress of the construction including the following: 1) Water Lines a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: (1) Minimum every 250 linear feet, including (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (3) Fire line tee (4) Plugs, stub -outs, dead-end lines (5) Casing pipe (each end) and all buried fittings 2) Sanitary Sewer a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for force mains and siphon sanitary sewer lines (non -gravity facilities) at the following locations: (1) Minimum every 250 linear feet and any buried fittings (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 3) Stormwater — Not Applicable b. The Contractor shall provide as -built survey including the elevation and location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction features after the construction is completed including the following: 1) Manholes a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole 2) Water Lines a) Cathodic protection test stations b) Sampling stations c) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) d) Fire hydrants e) Valves (gate, butterfly, etc.) f) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) g) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) h) Pressure plane valves i) Underground Vaults (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each Underground Vault. 3) Sanitary Sewer a) Cleanouts (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-5 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 5 of 7 1 b) Manholes and Junction Structures 2 (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each 3 manhole and junction structure. 4 4) Stormwater — Not Applicable 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY 8 PART 2- PRODUCTS 9 A. A construction survey will produce, but will not be limited to: 10 1. Recovery of relevant control points, points of curvature and points of intersection. 11 2. Establish temporary horizontal and vertical control elevations (benchmarks) 12 sufficiently permanent and located in a manner to be used throughout construction. 13 3. The location of planned facilities, easements and improvements. 14 a. Establishing final line and grade stakes for piers, floors, grade beams, parking 15 areas, utilities, streets, highways, tunnels, and other construction. 16 b. A record of revisions or corrections noted in an orderly manner for reference. 17 c. A drawing, when required by the client, indicating the horizontal and vertical 18 location of facilities, easements and improvements, as built. 19 4. Cut sheets shall be provided to the City inspector and Survey Superintendent for all 20 construction staking projects. These cut sheets shall be on the standard city template 21 which can be obtained from the Survey Superintendent (817-392-7925). 22 5. Digital survey files in the following formats shall be acceptable: 23 a. AutoCAD (.dwg) 24 b. ESRI Shapefile (.shp) 25 c. CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns (use 26 standard templates, if available) 27 6. Survey files shall include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project 28 control and benchmarks, and shall include feature descriptions 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION 30 3.1 INSTALLERS 31 A. Tolerances: 32 1. The staked location of any improvement or facility should be as accurate as 33 practical and necessary. The degree of precision required is dependent on many 34 factors all of which must remain judgmental. The tolerances listed hereafter are 35 based on generalities and, under certain circumstances, shall yield to specific 36 requirements. The surveyor shall assess any situation by review of the overall plans 37 and through consultation with responsible parties as to the need for specific 38 tolerances. 39 a. Earthwork: Grades for earthwork or rough cut should not exceed 0.1 ft. vertical 40 tolerance. Horizontal alignment for earthwork and rough cut should not exceed 41 1.0 ft. tolerance. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-6 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 6 of 7 I b. Horizontal alignment on a structure shall be within .0.lft tolerance. 2 c. Paving or concrete for streets, curbs, gutters, parking areas, drives, alleys and 3 walkways shall be located within the confines of the site boundaries and, 4 occasionally, along a boundary or any other restrictive line. Away from any 5 restrictive line, these facilities should be staked with an accuracy producing no 6 more than 0.05ft. tolerance from their specified locations. 7 d. Underground and overhead utilities, such as sewers, gas, water, telephone and 8 electric lines, shall be located horizontally within their prescribed areas or 9 easements. Within assigned areas, these utilities should be staked with an 10 accuracy producing no more than 0.1 ft tolerance from a specified location. 11 e. The accuracy required for the vertical location of utilities varies widely. Many 12 underground utilities require only a minimum cover and a tolerance of 0.1 ft. 13 should be maintained. Underground and overhead utilities on planned profile, 14 but not depending on gravity flow for performance, should not exceed 0.1 ft. 15 tolerance. 16 B. Surveying instruments shall be kept in close adjustment according to manufacturer's 17 specifications or in compliance to standards. The City reserves the right to request a 18 calibration report at any time and recommends regular maintenance schedule be 19 performed by a certified technician every 6 months. 20 1. Field measurements of angles and distances shall be done in such fashion as to 21 satisfy the closures and tolerances expressed in Part 3.1.A. 22 2. Vertical locations shall be established from a pre -established benchmark and 23 checked by closing to a different bench mark on the same datum. 24 3. Construction survey field work shall correspond to the client's plans. Irregularities 25 or conflicts found shall be reported promptly to the City. 26 4. Revisions, corrections and other pertinent data shall be logged for future reference. 27 28 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30 3.4 APPLICATION 31 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION 32 A. If the Contractor's work damages or destroys one or more of the control 33 monuments/points set by the Developer's Project Representative, the monuments shall be 34 adequately referenced for expedient restoration. 35 1. Notify City or Developer's Project Representative if any control data needs to be 36 restored or replaced due to damage caused during construction operations. 37 a. Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. 38 b. The City or Developer's Project Representative may require at anytime a 39 survey "Field Check" of any monument or benchmarks that are set be verified 40 by the Developer's Project Representative before further associated work can 41 move forward. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-7 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 7 of 7 1 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the 4 Developer's Project Representative in accordance with this Specification. This includes 5 easements and right of way, if noted on the plans. 6 B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 8 A. Survey Checks 9 1. The City reserves the right to perform a Survey Check at any time deemed 10 necessary. 11 2. Checks by City personnel or 3' party contracted surveyor are not intended to 12 relieve the contractor of his/her responsibility for accuracy. 13 14 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 21 Pia END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson Added instruction and modified measurement & payment under 1.2; added 8/31/2017 M. Owen definitions and references under 1.3; modified 1.6; added 1.7 closeout submittal requirements; modified 1.9 Quality Assurance; added PART 2 — PRODUCTS; Added 3.1 Installers; added 3.5 Repair/Restoration; and added 3.8 System Startup. Removed "blue text"; revised measurement and payment sections for Construction Staking and As -Built Survey; added reference to selection compliance with TGC 2/14/2018 M Owen 2254; revised action and Closeout submittal requirements; added acceptable depth measurement criteria; revised list of items requiring as -built survey "during" and "after" construction; and revised acceptable digital survey file format CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised February 14, 2018 SECTION 0174 23 CLEANING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 017423-1 DAP CLEANING Page 1 of 4 A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 — Hydro -Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 74 23 - 2 DAP CLEANING Page 2 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a. Material recommended by manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 74 23 - 3 DAP CLEANING Page 3 of 4 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on -site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 74 23 - 4 DAP CLEANING Page 4 of 4 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 0177 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 017719-1 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for closing out a contract B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the City. B. Release of Liens or Claims 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 017719-2 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 0178 39 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 0178 23 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01 74 23. C. Final Inspection 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work is completed. a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City. 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final Inspection of the project. 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: a. Specified spare parts b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks d. Light bulbs e. Fuses f. Vault keys g. Handwheels h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all equipment D. Notice of Project Completion CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 017719-3 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). E. Supporting Documentation 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional forms: a. Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e. Pipe Report (if required) £ Contractor's Evaluation of City g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor F. Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 017823-1 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 5 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: a. Traffic Controllers b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) c. Butterfly Valves B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Form 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 2. Format a. Size: 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches b. Paper 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 23 - 2 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 d. Drawings 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. e. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 2) Provide indexed tabs. f. Cover 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2) List: a) Title of Project b) Identity of separate structure as applicable c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 3. Binders a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. B. Manual Content Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume c. List, with each product: 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 2. Product Data a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 3. Drawings a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 2) Control and flow diagrams b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 23 - 3 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 5 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Catalog number, size, composition 2) Color and texture designations 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products b. Instructions for care and maintenance 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Applicable standards 2) Chemical composition 3) Details of installation b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: a. Description of unit and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Operating procedures 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 4) Special operating instructions c. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 1) List of lubricants required e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 23 - 4 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: a. Description of system and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Circuit directories of panelboards 1) Electrical service 2) Controls 3) Communications c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams d. Operating procedures 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 2) Sequences required 3) Special operating instructions e. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Adjustment and checking f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of City's personnel. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 23 - 5 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31 /2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 — title of section removed 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP Application CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 017839-1 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0178 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City's Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN.• 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 39 - 2 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 017839-3 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 39 - 4 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP Application CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised April 7, 2014 400 Item 400 ��* 0 Texas Excavation and Backfill for Structures Oepartmenf of Transporfafion 1. DESCRIPTION Excavate for placement and construction of structures and backfill structures. Cut and restore pavement. 2. MATERIALS Use materials that meet the requirements of the following Items. ■ Item 401, "Flowable Backfill," ■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," and ■ DMS-4600, "Hydraulic Cement." 3. CONSTRUCTION 3.1. Excavation. 3.1.1. General. Excavate to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed. Provide slopes, benching, sheeting, bracing, pumping, and bailing as necessary to maintain the stability and safety of excavations up to 5 ft. deep. Excavation protection for excavations deeper than 5 ft. are governed by Item 402, 'Trench Excavation Protection," and Item 403, `Temporary Special Shoring." Use satisfactory excavated material as backfill or as embankment fill in accordance with Item 132, "Embankment." Dispose of material not incorporated into the final project off the right of way in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. Keep any topsoil that has been removed separate, and replace it, as nearly as feasible, in its original position when excavating for installation of structures across private property or beyond the limits of the embankment. Restore the area to an acceptable condition. Excavate drilled shafts in accordance with Item 416, "Drilled Shaft Foundations." 3.1.1.1. Obstructions. Remove obstructions to the proposed construction, including trees and other vegetation, debris, and structures, over the width of the excavation to a depth of 1 ft. below the bottom of excavation. Remove as required to clear the new structure and plug in an approved manner if abandoned storm drains, sewers, or other drainage systems are encountered. Restore the bottom of the excavation to grade by backfilling after removing obstructions in accordance with this Item. Dispose of surplus materials in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 3.1.1.2. Excavation in Streets. Cut pavement and base to neat lines when structures are installed in streets, highways, or other paved areas. Restore pavement structure after completion of excavation and backfilling. Maintain and control traffic in accordance with the approved traffic control plan and the TMUTCD. 3.1.1.3. Utilities. Comply with the requirements of Article 7.15., 'Responsibility for Damage Claims." Conduct work with minimum disturbance of existing utilities, and coordinate work in or near utilities with the utility owners. Inform utility owners before work begins, allowing them enough time to identify, locate, reroute, or make other adjustments to utility lines. Avoid cutting or damaging underground utility lines that are to remain in place. Promptly notify the utility company if damage occurs. Provide temporary flumes across the excavation while open if an active sanitary 400 sewer line is damaged during excavation, and restore the lines when backfilling has progressed to the original bedding lines of the cut sewer. 3.1.1.4. De -Watering. Construct or place structures in the presence of water only if approved. Place precast members, pipe, and concrete only on a dry, firm surface. Remove water by bailing, pumping, well -point installation, deep wells, underdrains, or other approved method. Remove standing water in a manner that does not allow water movement through or alongside concrete being placed if structures are approved for placement in the presence of water. Pump or bail only from a suitable sump separated from the concrete work while placing structural concrete or for a period of at least 36 hr. thereafter. Pump or bail during placement of seal concrete only to the extent necessary to maintain a static head of water within the cofferdam. Pump or bail to de -water inside a sealed cofferdam only after the seal has aged at least 36 hr. Place a stabilizing material in the bottom of the excavation if the bottom of an excavation cannot be de - watered to the point the subgrade is free of mud or it is difficult to keep reinforcing steel clean. Use flexible base, cement -stabilized base or backfill, lean concrete, or other approved stabilizing material. Provide concrete with at least 275 lb. of cement per cubic yard, if lean concrete is used, and place to a minimum depth of 3 in. Stabilizing material placed for the convenience of the Contractor will be at the Contractor's expense. 3.1.2. Bridge Foundations and Retaining Walls. Do not disturb material below the bottom of footing grade. Do not backfill to compensate for excavation that has extended below grade. Fill the area with concrete at the time the footing is placed if excavation occurs below the proposed footing grade. Additional concrete placed will be at the Contractor's expense. Take core samples to determine the character of the supporting materials if requested. Provide an intact sample adequate to judge the character of the founding material. Take these cores when the excavation is close to completion. Cores should be approximately 5 ft. deeper than the proposed founding grade. Remove loose material if the founding stratum is rock or another hard material, and clean and cut it to a firm surface that is level, stepped, or serrated, as directed. Clean out soft seams, and fill with concrete at the time the footing is placed. Place the foundation once the Engineer has inspected the excavation and authorized changes have been made to provide a uniform bearing condition if the material at the footing grade of a retaining wall, bridge bent, or pier is a mixture of compressible and incompressible material. 3.1.3. Cofferdams. The term "cofferdam" designates any temporary or removable structure constructed to hold surrounding earth, water, or both out of the excavation whether the structure is formed of soil, timber, steel, concrete, or a combination of these. Use pumping wells or well points for de -watering cofferdams if required. Submit details and design calculations for sheet -pile or other types of cofferdams requiring structural members bearing the seal of a licensed professional engineer for review before constructing the cofferdam. The Department reserves the right to reject designs. Design structural systems to comply with the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges or AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. Interior dimensions of cofferdams must provide enough clearance for the construction, inspection, and removal of required forms and, if necessary, enough room to allow pumping outside the forms. Extend sheet -pile cofferdams well below the bottom of the footings, and make concrete seals as well braced and watertight as practicable. Use Class E concrete for foundation seals unless otherwise specified. Place concrete foundation seals in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete Substructures." Seals placed for the convenience of the Contractor will be at the Contractor's expense. Make the excavation deep enough to allow for swelling of the material at the base of the excavation during pile -driving operations when the Engineer judges it to be impractical to de -water inside a cofferdam and a 400 concrete seal is to be placed around piling driven within the cofferdam. Remove swelling material to the bottom of the seal grade after driving the piling. Remove the foundation material to exact footing grades where it is possible to de -water inside the cofferdam without placing a seal after driving piling. Do not backfill a foundation to compensate for excavation that has been extended below grade; fill such areas below grade with concrete at the time the seals or footings are placed. Remove cofferdams after completing the substructure without disturbing or damaging the structure unless otherwise provided. 3.1.4. Culverts and Storm Drains. When the design requires special bedding conditions for culverts or storm drains, an excavation diagram will be shown on the plans. Do not exceed these limits of excavation. Construct pipe structures in an open cut with vertical sides extending to a point 1 ft. above the pipe unless otherwise shown on the plans. When site conditions or the plans do not prohibit sloping the cut, the excavation may be stepped or laid back to a stable slope beginning 1 ft. above the pipe. Maintain the stability of the excavation throughout the construction period. Construct the embankment for pipe to be installed in fill above natural ground to an elevation at least 1 ft. above the top of the pipe, and then excavate for the pipe. 3.1.4.1. Unstable Material. Remove the material to a depth of no more than 2 ft. below the grade of the structure when unstable soil is encountered at established footing grade, unless the Engineer authorizes additional depth. Replace soil removed with stable material in uniform layers no greater than 8 in. deep (loose measurement). Each layer must have enough moisture to be compacted by rolling or tamping as required to provide a stable foundation for the structure. Use special materials such as flexible base, cement -stabilized base, cement -stabilized backfill, or other approved material when it is not feasible to construct a stable foundation as outlined above. 3.1.4.2. Incompressible Material. Remove the incompressible material to 6 in. below the footing grade, backfill with an approved compressible material, and compact in accordance with Section 400.3.3., "Backfill," if rock, part rock, or other incompressible material is encountered at established footing grade while placing prefabricated elements. 3.2. Shaping and Bedding. Place at least 2 in. of fine granular material for precast box sections on the base of the excavation before placing the box sections. Use bedding as shown in Figure 1 for pipe installations. Use Class C bedding unless otherwise shown on the plans. The Engineer may require the use of a template to secure reasonably accurate shaping of the foundation material. Undercut the excavation at least 4 in. where cement -stabilized backfill is indicated on the plans and backfill with stabilized material to support the pipe or box at the required grade. 400 B c - Outside diameter or horizontal dimension D - Inside diameter of pipe d - Min. bedding material below pipe I12 in. Min. 0.2 Bc Min Class B Conc. CLASS A o d 3.3. Backfill. 12 in. Min. 0.5 BC Min. D d S 27" 3" 30" to 60" 4" > 66" 6" Fine Ma#grial (2 in. MMin.) o a a Compacted anular Material Compacted Backfill in. Min. 0� 0.7 Shaped Subgrade CLASS B 112 in. � �i / 11 n 11 Min. . in. 1 1 Shaped Subgrade �0.6 B, CLASS C Figure 1 Bedding Diagrams 3.3.1. General. Backfill the excavation after placement of the permanent structure as soon as practical. Use backfill free from stones large enough to interfere with compaction; large or frozen lumps that will not break down readily under compaction; and wood or other extraneous material. Obtain backfill material from excavation or from other sources. Place backfill in layers no greater than 10 in. deep (loose measurement) in areas not supporting a completed roadbed, retaining wall, or embankment. Place backfill in uniform layers no greater than 8 in. deep (loose measurement) in areas supporting a portion of a roadbed, retaining wall, or embankment. Compact each layer to meet the density requirements of the roadbed, retaining wall, embankment material, or as shown on the plans. 4 400 Bring each layer of backfill material to the moisture content needed to obtain the required density. Use mechanical tamps or rammers to compact the backfill. Rollers may be used to compact backfill if feasible. Cohesionless materials may be used for backfilling. Use cohesionless materials that conform to the requirements of Table 1. Table 1 Cohesionless Material Gradation Limits Sieve Size Percent Retained 3" 0 #10 Note 1 #200 90-100 1. No. 10 sieve requirements are 0 to 30% retained when used as aggregate for cement -stabilized backfill. Compact cohesionless materials using vibratory equipment, water-ponding, or a combination of both. 3.3.2. Bridge Foundations, Retaining Walls, Manholesllnlets, and Box Culverts. Place backfill against the structure only after the concrete has reached the design strength required in Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete." Backfill retaining walls with material meeting the requirements of Item 423, "Retaining Walls." Backfill around bridge foundations, manholes/inlets and culverts using material with particles no more than 4 in. in greatest dimension and a gradation that permits thorough compaction. Use rock or gravel mixed with soil if the percentage of fines is enough to fill all voids and ensure a uniform and thoroughly compacted mass of proper density. Use mechanical tamps and rammers to avoid damage to the structure where backfill material is being placed too close to the structure to permit compaction with blading and rolling equipment. Avoid wedging action of backfill against structures. Step or serrate slopes bounding the excavation to prevent such action. Place backfill uniformly around bridge foundations. Place backfill equally and in uniform layers along both sides of manholes/inlets and culverts. The Engineer may require backfilling of structures excavated into hard, erosion -resistant material, and subject to erosive forces, with stone or lean concrete. Box culverts may be opened to traffic as soon as enough backfill and embankment has been placed over the top to protect culverts against damage from heavy construction equipment. Repair damage to culvert caused by construction traffic at no additional expense to the Department. 3.3.3. Pipe. Bring backfill material to the proper moisture condition after installing bedding and pipe as required and place it equally along both sides of the pipe in uniform layers no greater than 8 in. deep (loose measurement). Compact each lift mechanically. Thoroughly compact materials placed under the haunches of the pipe to prevent damage or displacement of the pipe. Place backfill in this manner to the top -of -pipe elevation. Place and compact backfill above the top of the pipe in accordance with Section 400.3.3.1., "General." The Engineer may reject backfill material containing more than 20% by weight of material retained on a 3 in. sieve with large lumps not easily broken down or that cannot be spread in loose layers. Material excavated by a trenching machine will generally meet the requirements of this Section as long as large stones are not present. Place and compact additional material where pipe extends beyond the toe of slope of the embankment and the depth of cover provided by backfill to the original ground level is less than the minimum required by the specifications for the type of pipe involved until the minimum cover has been provided. 400 3.3.4. Cement -Stabilized Backfill. Backfill the excavation to the elevations shown with cement -stabilized backfill when shown on the plans. Use cement -stabilized backfill that contains aggregate conforming to the gradation limits shown in Table 1, water, and a minimum of 7% hydraulic cement based on the dry weight of the aggregate, in accordance with Tex-120-E. Place cement -stabilized backfill equally along the sides of structures to prevent strain on or displacement of the structure. Fill voids when placing cement -stabilized backfill. Use hand -operated tampers if necessary to fill voids. 3.3.5. Flowable Backfill. Backfill the excavation with flowable backfill to the elevations indicated when shown on the plans. Prevent the structure from being displaced during the placement of the flowable fill, and prevent flowable fill from entering manholes/inlets and culverts, and drainage structures. 4. MEASUREMENT This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 4.1. Structural Excavation. Unless shown on the plans as a pay item, structural excavation quantities shown are for information purposes only. When structural excavation is specified as a pay item, structural excavation for pipe headwalls, inlets, manholes, culvert or storm drain extensions less than 15 ft. long, bridge abutments, retaining walls, and side road and private entrance pipe culverts will not be measured. No allowance will be made for variance from plans quantity incurred by an alternate bid. When specified as a pay item, structural excavation will be measured by the cubic yard as computed by the average end areas method. Excavation diagrams on the plans take precedence over the provisions of this Article. 4.1.1. Boundaries of Measurement. 4.1.1.1. Pipe. 4.1.1.1.1. Pipe up to 42 Inches. For pipe up to 42 in. nominal or equivalent diameter, no material outside of vertical planes 1 ft. beyond and parallel to the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe will be included. 4.1.1.1.2. Pipe Larger than 42 Inches. For pipes larger than 42 in. nominal or equivalent diameter, no material outside of vertical planes located 2 ft. beyond and parallel to the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe will be included. Quantities for excavation in fill above natural ground include 1 ft. above the top of the pipe regardless of the height of completed fill. Excavation for pipe will be measured between the extreme ends of the completed structure including end appurtenances as shown on the plans and from centerline to centerline of inlets, manholes, etc. 4.1.1.2. Structural Plate Structures. No material outside of vertical planes 3 ft. beyond and parallel to the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the structure will be included. When the quality of the existing soil or embankment is less than that of the proposed backfill material, the limits of measurement will be extended to vertical planes located 1/2 of the span beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the structure. 4.1.1.3. Footings, Walls, Boxes, and Other Excavation. No material outside of vertical planes 1 ft. beyond and parallel to the edges of the footings or outside walls will be included whether or not a cofferdam or shoring is 400 used. When plans provide the option of cast -in -place or precast boxes, measurement will be based on the cast -in -place option. Where excavation in addition to that allowed for the footings is required for other portions of the structure, measurement for the additional excavation will be limited laterally by vertical planes 1 ft. beyond the face of the member and parallel to it, and vertically to a depth of 1 ft. below the bottom of the member. 4.1.1.4. Excavation near Roadways and Channels. At structure sites other than culverts and pipe excavations, the measurement of structural excavation will include only material below or outside the limits of the completed road or channel excavation. Roadway and channel excavation will be paid under Item 110, "Excavation." For culverts except side road and private entrance culverts, excavation within the limits of the structure and below or outside the limits of the completed roadway excavation will be measured as structural excavation. 4.1.2. Falsework. No measurement will be made for excavation necessary for placing forms or falsework that exceeds the limits given in Section 400.4.1.1., "Boundaries of Measurement." 4.1.3. Swelling. Measurement will not include materials removed below footing grades to compensate for anticipated swelling due to pile -driving, nor will it include material required to be removed due to swelling beyond the specified limits during pile -driving operations. 4.1.4. Cave-ins. Measurement will not include additional volume caused by slips, slides, cave-ins, silting, or fill material resulting from the action of the elements or the Contractor's operation. 4.1.5. Undercut. Where rock or other incompressible or unstable material is undercut to provide a suitable foundation for pipe or box sections, such material below grade directed to be removed will be measured for payment. 4.1.6. Grade Change. Additional measurement will be made of the volume of excavation involved in the lowering or raising of the elevation of a footing, foundation, or structure unit, when such grade change is authorized. 4.2. Cement -Stabilized Backfill. Cement -stabilized backfill will be measured by the cubic yard as shown on the plans. 4.3. Cutting and Restoring Pavement. Cutting and restoring pavement will be measured by the square yard as shown on the plans. Excavation below pavement or base will be measured as structural excavation of the pertinent type. 5. PAYMENT 5.1. Structural Excavation. Unless specified as a pay item, structural excavation and backfill performed, and material furnished in accordance with this Item will not be paid for directly but are subsidiary to pertinent Items. When structural excavation is specified as a pay item, the excavation and backfill work performed, and materials furnished will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Structural Excavation," "Structural Excavation (Box)," "Structural Excavation (Pipe)," and "Structural Excavation (Bridge)." This price includes concrete to compensate for excavation that has extended below grade for bridge foundations and retaining walls, and backfilling and compacting areas that were removed as part of structural excavation. Cofferdams or other measures necessary for supporting excavations less than 5 ft. deep will not be measured or paid for directly but will be subsidiary to the Contract. Foundation seal concrete for cofferdams, when required, will be paid for as provided in the pertinent Items. If no direct method of payment is provided in the Contract, the work will be measured and paid for in accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." Seal placed for the convenience of the Contractor will not be paid for. 400 Unless otherwise provided, stone or lean concrete backfill around structures as provided for in Section 400.3.3.2., "Bridge Foundations, Retaining Walls, Manholes/Inlets, and Box Culverts," will be measured and paid for as extra work in accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." When structural excavation is specified as a pay item, a partial payment of 50% of the bid price will be made for structural excavation completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer but not backfilled. The remaining amount will be paid upon completion of backfilling. When the Contractor elects to excavate beyond plan requirements, no measurement will be made of the additional volume. 5.2. Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable or Incompressible Material. Removal and replacement of material will be paid for if directed. Removal and replacement of material or placement of special material made necessary by the softening of founding material due to the Contractor's sequence of work or operation, will be at the Contractor's expense. Special material used or additional excavation made for the Contractor's convenience will not be paid for. 5.2.1. Structural Excavation as a Pay Item. Where special materials are not required or specified, payment for the removal and replacement of unstable or incompressible material will be made at a price equal to 200% of the unit price bid per cubic yard for Structural Excavation. When the Contractor elects to remove and replace material deeper than directed, no measurement will be made on that portion below the directed elevation. This price is full compensation for removing the unstable or incompressible material; furnishing, hauling, placing, and compacting suitable replacement material; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. When the plans specify or when directed, the use of special materials such as flexible base, cement - stabilized base, cement -stabilized backfill, or other special material, payment for excavation below footing grades will be made at the unit price bid for Structural Excavation. Payment for furnishing, hauling, placing, and compacting the flexible base, cement -stabilized base, cement -stabilized backfill, or other special materials will be made at the unit price bid for these items in the Contract, or, if the required material is not a bid item, in accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." 5.2.2. Structural Excavation Not a Pay Item. Where special materials for backfill are not required or specified, payment for the authorized removal and replacement of unstable or incompressible material will be measured and paid for at $15 per cubic yard of material removed. This price is full compensation for removing the unstable or incompressible material; furnishing, hauling, placing, and compacting suitable replacement material; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. When the plans specify or when directed, the use of special materials such as flexible base, cement - stabilized base, cement -stabilized backfill, or other special material, excavation below the footing grades will be paid for at $10 per cubic yard. Payment for furnishing, hauling, placing, and compacting the flexible base, cement -stabilized base, cement -stabilized backfill, or other special materials will be made at the unit price bid for these items, or, if the required material is not a bid item, in accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." 5.3. Lowering of a Structure Foundation. If the Engineer requires a structure foundation to be lowered to an elevation below the grade shown on the plans, overexcavation will be paid in accordance with Table 2. Table 2 Payment for Required Overexcavation Variance of Revised Payment Terms Variance of Revised Footing Footing Grade from Grade from Plan Grade Plan Grade Structural Excavation Structural Excavation" is a Bid Item is not a Bid Item U to and including 5 ft. p 9 Unit price equal to 115% of unit "Structural $10 per cubic yard price bid for Excavation" Over 5 ft. up to 10 ft. Unit price equal to 125% of unit "Structural $12 per cubic yard price bid for Excavation" Over 10 ft. In accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." 400 5.4. Cement -Stabilized Backfill. Cement -stabilized backfill will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Cement - Stabilized Backfill." 5.5. Cutting and Restoring Pavement. Cutting and restoring pavement will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Cutting and Restoring Pavement" of the type specified. Work done to repair damage to base or pavement incurred outside the limits shown on the plans, or the limits authorized, will not be measured for payment. The unit prices bid are full compensation for excavation including removing obstructions and plugging drainage systems; bedding and backfilling including placing, sprinkling and compaction of material; soundings; cleaning and filling seams; constructing and removing cofferdams; de -watering, sheeting, or bracing excavations up to and including 5 ft. deep; pumps; drills; explosives; disposition of surplus material; cutting pavement and base to neat lines; and materials, hauling, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Flowable backfill will be paid for as provided in Item 401, "Flowable Backfill." Protection methods for open excavations deeper than 5 ft. will be measured and paid for as required under Item 402, "Trench Excavation Protection," or Item 403, 'Temporary Special Shoring." 416 Item 416 Drilled Shaft Foundations DESCRIPTION Construct foundations consisting of reinforced or non -reinforced concrete drilled shafts. 2. MATERIALS Use materials that meet the requirements of the following Items ■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," ■ Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," and ■ Item 448, "Structural Field Welding." Texas Department of Transportation Use concrete for drilled shafts that meets the requirements of Table 1 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Table 1 Concrete for Drilled Shafts Drilled Shaft Type Concrete Non -reinforced Class A Reinforced Class C Slurry and underwater concrete placement Class SS Use coarse aggregate Grade 4, 5, or 6 for drilled shaft concrete in reinforced drilled shafts. Grade 2 or 3 may be used if the shaft is dry and reinforcing steel has a 5 in. minimum clear spacing. Use a water -reducing, retarding admixture in accordance with DMS-4640, "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete," in all concrete when using casing that will be pulled or when placing shafts underwater or under slurry. Use concrete with slump that meets the requirements of Table 2 as determined by Tex-415-A. Table 2 Slump Requirements Placement Minimum Acceptable Recommended Design Maximum Acceptable Type Placement Slump, and Placement Slump, Placement Slump, in. in. in. Dry 5-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 Underwater and 7 8 9 under slurry Perform a slump loss test in accordance with Tex-430-A before beginning work when casing is to be pulled or concrete is to be placed underwater or under slurry. Provide concrete that will maintain a slump of at least 4 in. throughout the entire anticipated time of concrete placement. Time of concrete placement is described in Section 416.3.6., "Concrete," and Section 416.3.7., "Additional Requirements for Slurry Displacement or Underwater Concrete Placement Methods." Note the temperature of the concrete mix at the beginning of the slump loss test. Place the concrete if its temperature at the time of placement into the drilled shaft is no more than 10°F higher than the slump loss test temperature. Use ice or other concrete cooling ingredients to lower concrete temperature, or run additional slump loss tests at the higher temperatures. Slump loss testing will be waived if anticipated time of concrete placement is less than 90 minutes. Use mineral drilling slurry that meets the requirements of Table 3, as determined by Tex-130-E. Determine pH of slurry by Tex-128-E or pH paper strips. 416 Table 3 Mineral Slurry Requirements Before Introduction Sampled from the Bottom of the into the Excavation Excavation before Concreting Specific Sand H Specific Viscosity Sand Gravity Content p Gravity (sec.) Content <— 1.10 51 % 8-11 151.15 <— 45 <— 4% Use mineral slurry consisting of processed bentonite or attapulgite clays mixed with clean fresh water. Do not use partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamide (PHPA) polymeric slurry or any blended mineral -polymer slurry. If approved, water may be used as the drilling fluid. In this case, all of the provisions of Table 3 must be met except that the maximum specific gravity is not to exceed 1.12. Sample slurry from the bottom of the hole, before placing concrete, and test it in accordance with Tex-130-E. Use a pump or air lift to remove slurry that does not meet the requirements of Table 3 while adding fresh clean slurry to the top of the hole to maintain the slurry level. Continue this operation until the slurry sampled from the bottom of the hole meets the requirements. 3. CONSTRUCTION Submit Drilled Shaft installation plan for review no later than one month before drilled shaft construction. Include the following in the plan: ■ Name and experience record of the drilled shaft superintendent who will be in charge of drilled shaft operations for this project. ■ List of proposed equipment to be used, including cranes, drills, augers, bailing buckets, final cleaning equipment, desanding equipment, slurry pumps, core sampling equipment, tremies or concrete pumps, casing, etc. ■ Details of overall construction operation sequence and the sequence of shaft construction in bents or groups. ■ Details of shaft excavation methods. ■ When the use of slurry is anticipated, details of the slurry mix design and its suitability for the subsurface conditions at the construction site, mixing and storage methods, maintenance methods and disposal procedures. ■ Details of methods to clean the shaft excavation. ■ Details of reinforcement placement, including support and centralization methods. ■ Details of concrete placement, including proposed operational procedures for free fall, tremie or pumping methods. ■ Details of casing installation and removal methods. The installation plan will be reviewed for conformance with the plans, specifications and special provisions. The Contractor will be notified within 14 days of receipt of the installation plan of any additional information required and/or changes necessary to meet the contract requirements. All procedural approvals given will be subject to trial in the field and will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to satisfactorily complete the work as detailed in the plans and specifications. Place the shaft to within the following tolerances: ■ Vertical plumbness-1 in. per 10 feet of depth. ■ Center of shaft located under column-1 in. of horizontal plan position. ■ Center of shaft located under footing-3 in. of horizontal plan position. Complete the embankment at bridge ends before installing drilled shafts that pass through the fill. Refer to Item 423, 'Retaining Walls," for provisions for drilled shafts passing through the structural volume of retaining walls. 416 3.1. Excavation. The plans indicate the expected depths and elevations for encountering satisfactory bearing material. Excavate as required for the shafts through all materials encountered to the dimensions and elevations shown on the plans or required by the site conditions. Removal of man-made obstructions not shown on the plans will be paid for in accordance with Article 9.7., "Payment for Extra Work and Force Account Method." Adjust the bottom of the shaft or alter the foundation if satisfactory founding material is not encountered at plan elevation, as approved to satisfactorily comply with design requirements. Blasting is not allowed for excavations. Stop drilling if caving conditions are encountered, and adopt a construction method that stabilizes the shaft walls. Do not excavate a shaft within 2 shaft diameters (clear) of an open shaft excavation, or one in which concrete has been placed in the preceding 24 hr. Dispose of material excavated from shafts and not incorporated into the finished project in accordance with the plans and with federal, state, and local laws. Provide suitable access, lighting, and equipment for proper inspection of the completed excavation and checking the dimensions and alignment of shafts excavation. 3.2. Core Holes. Take cores to determine the character of the supporting materials if directed. Use a method that will result in recovery of an intact sample adequate for judging the character of the founding material. Such cores should be at least 5 ft. deeper than the proposed founding grade or a depth equal to the diameter of the shaft, whichever is greater. Take these cores when the excavation is complete. 3.3. Casing. Use casing when necessary to prevent caving of the material, to exclude ground water, when slurry is used for hole stabilization, or when required as part of the Contractor's Safety Plan. Provide casing with an outside diameter not less than the specified diameter of the shaft. The portion of shaft below the casing may be as much as 2 in. smaller than the specified shaft diameter. No extra compensation will be made for concrete required to fill an oversized casing or oversized excavation. Use casing strong enough to withstand handling stresses and pressures of concrete and of the surrounding earth or water, and that is watertight, smooth, clean, and free of accumulations of hardened concrete. Use construction methods that result in a minimal amount of disturbed soil being trapped outside the casing. This does not apply to temporary undersized casings used to protect workers inside shafts or to drilled shafts designed for point bearing only. Leave casing in place only if authorized or shown on the plans. Extract casing only after placing the concrete to an appropriate level. Maintain sufficient concrete in the casing at all times to counteract soil and water pressure. Rotate or move the casing up or down a few inches if necessary before and during concrete placement to facilitate extraction of the casing. 3.4. Requirements for Slurry Displacement Method. When soil conditions warrant, use the slurry displacement method to construct drilled shafts unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use this method to support the sides of the excavation with processed mineral slurry that is then displaced by concrete to form a continuous concrete shaft. Install surface casing to a minimum of 10 ft. below existing ground before introducing slurry. Do not use casing other than surface casing. Do not use surface casing longer than 20 ft. without approval. Do not extract the surface casing until after placing the concrete. Pre -mix slurry in a reservoir with enough capacity to fill the excavation and for recovery of the slurry during concrete placement. Do not mix slurry in the shaft excavation or other hole. Allow adequate time for hydration of the slurry before introduction into the excavation. Maintain a head of slurry in the shaft excavation at or near ground level or higher, as necessary, to counteract ground water pressure during and after drilling. 416 Use an air lift or proper size cleanout bucket, just before placing reinforcing steel, to remove any material that may have fallen from the sides of the excavation or accumulated on the bottom after the completion of drilling. Use a cleanout bucket if material is too large to be picked up with an air lift. Re -process the hole with the auger as directed if concrete placement is not started within 4 hr. of the completion of the shaft excavation. Then clean the bottom with an air lift or cleanout bucket, and check the slurry at the bottom of the hole for compliance with the slurry requirements of Article 416.2., "Materials." Agitate the congealed slurry to liquefaction if the slurry forms a gel before concrete placement, and whenever directed. Recover and dispose of all slurry as approved, and in accordance with all federal, state, and local laws. Do not discharge slurry into or in close proximity to streams or other bodies of water. 3.5. Reinforcing Steel. Completely assemble the cage of reinforcing steel, and place it as a unit immediately before concrete placement. The cage consists of longitudinal bars and lateral reinforcement (spiral reinforcement, lateral ties, or horizontal bands). Connect individual segments with couplers or by lapping steel as approved if overhead obstacles prevent placement of the cage as a single unit. Extend the reinforcing steel cage as follows if the shaft is lengthened beyond plan length unless directed otherwise. ■ Extend the cage to the bottom for shafts supporting structures other than bridges. ■ Extend the cage to 25 ft. or to the bottom, whichever is shorter, for bridge shafts with plan lengths less than 25 ft. ■ Do not extend the cage for bridge shafts with plan lengths at least 25 ft. that are lengthened less than 33% of plan length. ■ Extend the cage as directed for bridge shafts with plan lengths at least 25 ft. that are lengthened more than 33% of plan length. If the cage does not reach the bottom of the shaft, it may be suspended, or a portion of the longitudinal steel may be extended to support the cage on the bottom of the shaft. Bars used to extend or support the cage may be lap spliced or welded by a qualified welder. Place the extension at the bottom of the shaft. Tie spiral reinforcement to the longitudinal bars at a spacing no more than 24 in., or as required for a stable cage. Ensure lateral reinforcement is not welded to longitudinal bars unless otherwise shown on the plans. Center the reinforcing steel cage in the excavation using approved 'roller" type centering devices unless otherwise approved. Use concrete or plastic chairs to keep the reinforcing cage off of the bottom of the hole. Use centering devices starting at 1.5 ft. off from the bottom of the cage and spaced vertically at intervals not exceeding 10 ft. Use a minimum of 3 centering devices per level at a spacing not to exceed 30 in. Flat or crescent -shaped centralizers ("sleds") are not allowed. Support or hold down the cage to control vertical displacement during concrete placement or extraction of the casing. Use support that is concentric with the cage to prevent racking and distortion of the steel. Check the elevation of the top of the steel cage before and after concrete placement or after casing extraction when casing is used. Downward movement of the steel up to 6 in. per 20 feet of shaft length and upward movement of the steel up to 6 in. total are acceptable. Maintain the minimum length of steel required for lap with column steel. Use dowel bars if the proper lap length is provided both into the shaft and into the column. Locate and tie all dowel bars into the cage before placing concrete or insert dowel bars into fresh, workable concrete. Locate and tie anchor bolts when required before placement of concrete. Use templates or other devices to assure accurate placement of anchor bolts. 416 3.6. Concrete. Perform all work in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete Substructures." Provide concrete with maximum placement temperatures as specified in Table 4. Provide thermal analysis to show and temperature recording devices to verify maximum core temperature requirements are met as specified in Section 420.4.7.14., "Mass Placements," as directed. Table 4 Maximum Concrete Placing Temperature Shaft Mix Design Mix Design Size Options 1-5 Options 6-8 Diameter < 5 ft. 95°F 95°F 5 ft.<_ Diameters 7 ft. 95°F 857 7 ft. < Diameter 85°F 75°F Form portions of drilled shaft that project above natural ground. Remove loose material and accumulated seep water from the bottom of the excavation before placing concrete. Place concrete using underwater placement methods if water cannot be removed. Place concrete as soon as possible after all excavation is complete and reinforcing steel is placed. Provide workable concrete that does not require vibrating or rodding. Vibrate formed portions of drilled shafts. Place concrete continuously for the entire length of the shaft. Limit free fall of concrete to 25 ft. for dry shafts of 24 in. or smaller diameter. Use a suitable tube or tremie to prevent segregation of materials. Use a tube or tremie in sections to provide proper discharge and permit raising as the placement progresses. For dry shafts over 24 in. diameter, concrete can be allowed to free fall an unlimited distance if it does not strike the reinforcing cage or sides of the hole during placement. Provide a hopper with a minimum 3-ft.long drop -tube at the top of the shaft to direct concrete vertically down the center of the shaft when free fall is used. Do not use a shovel or other means to simply deflect the concrete discharge from the truck. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete for cased shafts at all times above the bottom of the casing to overcome hydrostatic pressure. Extract casing at a slow, uniform rate with the pull in line with the axis of the shaft. Monitor the concrete level in the casing during extraction. Stop the extraction and add concrete to the casing as required to ensure a completely full hole upon casing removal. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased portion of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not exceed the time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 in. in accordance with Article 416.2., "Materials." Modify the concrete mix, the construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts if the elapsed time is exceeded. Cure the top surface and treat any construction joint area in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete Substructures." 3.7. Additional Requirements for Slurry Displacement or Underwater Concrete Placement Methods. Place concrete on the same day the shaft is excavated and as soon as possible after all excavation is complete and reinforcing steel is placed. Use an air lift or cleanout bucket of the proper size to clean the bottom of the excavation before placing the reinforcing steel cage and concrete. Place concrete through a closed tremie or pump it to the bottom of the excavation. The minimum tremie diameter will be at least 6 times the maximum size of aggregate used in the concrete mix but not less than 10 in. Initially seal the tremie or pump line to positively separate the concrete from the slurry or water. Place concrete continuously from the beginning of placement until the shaft is completed. Keep the tremie full of concrete and well submerged in the previously placed concrete at all times if using a tremie. Raise the tremie as necessary to maintain the free flow of concrete and the stability of any casing used. Keep the discharge tube submerged in the previously placed concrete at all times if using a pump. Place additional concrete to ensure the removal of any contaminated concrete at the top of the shaft. Allow the top portion of concrete to flush completely from the hole at the completion of the pour until there is no evidence of slurry or water contamination. Do not attempt to remove this concrete with shovels, pumps, or other means. Level the top of shaft with hand tools as necessary. Use a sump or other approved method to channel displaced fluid and concrete away from the shaft excavation. Recover slurry and dispose of it as approved. Do not discharge displaced fluids into or near 416 streams or other bodies of water. Provide a collar or other means of capturing slurry and the top portion of concrete flushed from the shaft for pours over water. Remove the tube, reseal it at the bottom, penetrate with the tube into the concrete already placed by at least 5 ft., and recharge it before continuing if concrete placement is interrupted due to withdrawal of the submerged end of the tremie or pump discharge tube before completion. If this condition exists, notify the Engineer and note the elevation and circumstances related to the loss of seal on the drilled shaft log. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed until the completion of concrete placement, including extraction of the casing, must not exceed the time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 in. in accordance with Article 416.2., "Materials." Modify the concrete mix, the construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts if the elapsed time is exceeded. 3.8. Test Load. Load test shafts, if required, in accordance with Item 405, "Foundation Load Test." 3.9. Trial Shaft. When required on the plans, construct trial shafts to the depth and diameter specified on the plans. Trial shafts include: drilling the hole, placement of the rebar cage (unless otherwise stated), and placement of the concrete. When trial shafts are required, delay start of production shafts until successful completion of trial shafts. 4. MEASUREMENT 4.1. Drilled Shaft. Drilled shaft foundations will be measured by the foot to the bottom of the shaft. 4.1.1. Interior Bents and Piers. Shafts will be measured from a point approximately 6 in. below the finished earthwork elevation at the center of each shaft, unless specific elevations or dimensions are indicated on the plans or unless otherwise directed to meet unusual conditions. The bent height shown on the plans is for estimating purposes only and does not control the top -of -shaft measurement. 4.1.2. Abutment Bents and Retaining Walls. Shafts will be measured from the bottom of footing or cap elevation. 4.1.3. Other Non -Bridge Structures. Shafts, including trial shafts, will be measured from the top of the shaft. 4.2. Core Hole. Core holes will be measured by each core hole drilled. 5. PAYMENT The unit prices bid for the various classifications of drilled shafts will be full compensation for excavation; furnishing, placing, and removing casing; furnishing, processing, and recovering slurry; furnishing, and placing reinforcing steel; pumping; furnishing and placing concrete, including additional concrete required to fill an oversize casing or oversize excavation; conducting slump loss tests; backfilling; disposing of cuttings and slurry; and materials, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals. When the bottom of a drilled shaft is placed at an elevation below plan grade, no direct payment will be made for extra reinforcement placed to support the cage. The extra reinforcement will be considered subsidiary to the price bid per foot of shaft. No extra payment will be made for casings left in place. No payment will be made for "Drilled Shaft" until the concrete has been placed. 5.1. Drilled Shaft. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Drilled Shaft," "Drilled Shaft (Non -reinforced)," "Drilled Shaft (Sign Mounts)," "Drilled Shaft (High Mast Pole)," "Drilled Shaft (Roadway Illumination Pole)," or "Drilled Shaft (Traffic Signal Pole)" of the specified diameter, subject to the limitations for overruns authorized by the Engineer given in Section 416.5.1.1., "Overrun." 416 5.1.1. Overrun. Payment for individual completed shaft lengths up to and including 5 ft. in excess of the maximum plan length shaft, as defined in Section 416.5.1.2., "Maximum Plan Length Shaft," will be made at the unit price bid per foot of the specified diameter. Payment for the portion of individual completed shaft length in excess of 5 ft. and up to and including 15 ft. more than the maximum plan length shaft, as defined in this Item, will be made at a unit price equal to 115% of the unit price bid per foot of the specified diameter. Payment for the portion of individual completed shaft length in excess of 15 ft. more than the maximum plan length shaft, as defined in Section 416.5.1.2., "Maximum Plan Length Shaft," will be made at a unit price equal to 125% of the unit price bid per foot of the specified diameter. 5.1.2. Maximum Plan Length Shaft. Payment described above is subject to the following provisions for extra depth drilling: ■ For bridge structures, the maximum plan length shaft is the maximum length shaft, regardless of diameter, for any drilled shaft on that specific bridge. ■ For retaining walls, the maximum plan length shaft is the maximum length shaft, regardless of diameter, for any drilled shaft on that specific retaining wall. ■ For overhead sign structures, the maximum plan length shaft is the maximum length shaft, regardless of diameter, for any overhead sign structures included in the Contract. ■ For high mast illumination poles, the maximum plan length shaft is the maximum length shaft, regardless of diameter, for any high mast illumination pole included in the Contract. ■ For roadway illumination poles, the maximum plan length shaft is the maximum length shaft, regardless of diameter, for any roadway illumination pole included in the Contract. ■ For traffic signal poles, the maximum plan length shaft is the maximum length shaft, regardless of diameter, for any traffic signal pole included in the Contract. 5.2. Core Hole. Core holes will be paid at $200 each. 420 Item 420 Texas Concrete Substructures Oepartmenf of Transporfafion 1. DESCRIPTION Construct concrete substructures including footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, other bridge substructure elements, and other concrete structures as indicated. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Concrete. Provide concrete in accordance with Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete." Provide the class of concrete for each type of structure or unit as shown on the plans or in pertinent governing specifications. 2.2. Grout or Mortar. Provide grout for dowelling anchors or precast connections in accordance with DMS-4675, "Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications." 2.3. Latex Curing Materials. Provide an acrylic -polymer latex admixture (acrylic resin emulsion per DMS-4640, "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete") suitable for producing polymer -modified concrete or mortar. Do not allow latex to freeze. 2.4. Reinforcing Steel. Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete." 2.5. Expansion Joint Material. Provide materials in accordance with DMS-6310, "Joint Sealants and Fillers." ■ Provide preformed fiber expansion joint material that conforms to the dimensions shown on the plans. ■ Provide preformed bituminous fiber material unless otherwise specified. ■ Provide asphalt board that conforms to dimensions shown on the plans. ■ Provide re -bonded neoprene filler that conforms to the dimensions shown on the plans. 2.6. Waterstop. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-6160, "Water Stops, Nylon Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastomeric Pads," unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2.7. Curing Materials. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with DMS-4650, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation Retardants." Provide cotton mats that consist of a filling material of cotton "bat' or "bats" (at least 12 oz. per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 6 oz. per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows of stitching spaced at less than 4 in., or tuft both longitudinally and transversely at intervals less than 3 in. Provide cotton mats that are free from tears and in good general condition. Provide a flap at least 6 in. wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering and extending along 1 side of the mat. Provide polyethylene sheeting that is at least 4 mils thick and free from visible defects. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature during curing exceeds 90T or when applicable to control temperature during mass pours. Provide burlap -polyethylene mats made from burlap impregnated on 1 side with a film of opaque white pigmented polyethylene, free from visible defects. Provide laminated mats that have at least 1 layer of an impervious material such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) and are free of visible defects. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 oz. per square yard) with the following additions: 420 ■ Manila hemp may also be used to make burlap. ■ Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. ■ Do not use burlap containing any water soluble ingredient which will retard the setting time of concrete. Provide used burlap complying with the requirements stated above and that has only been used previously for curing concrete. "Like new" cleanliness is not expected, but contamination with any substance foreign to the concrete curing process, such as grease or oil, will be cause for rejection. 2.8. Epoxy. Provide epoxy materials in accordance with DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," unless otherwise specified. 3. EQUIPMENT 3.1. Transporting and Placing Equipment. Use appropriate transporting and placing equipment such as buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps, or other equipment as necessary. Ensure concrete is not transported or conveyed through equipment made of aluminum. Use tremies to control the fall of concrete or for underwater placement. Use tremies that are watertight and of large enough diameter to allow the placement of the concrete but less than 14 in. in diameter. Construct the tremie so the bottom can be sealed and opened once the tremie has been fully charged with concrete for underwater placements. Use pumps with lines at least 5 in. inside diameter (I.D.) where Grade 2 or smaller coarse aggregate is used, and at least 8 in. I.D. for Grade 1 coarse aggregate. 3.2. Vibrators. Use immersion -type vibrators for consolidation of concrete. Provide at least 1 standby vibrator for emergency use. Furnish vibrator head covered by a rubberized or elastomeric cover when used near epoxy coated reinforcing steel. 3.3. Temperature Recording Equipment. Use strip chart temperature recording devices, recording maturity meters in accordance with Tex-426-A, or other approved devices that are accurate to within ±2°F within the range of 32°F to 212°F for mass concrete operations, cold weather placements, and as otherwise specified. 3.4. Artificial Heating Equipment. Use artificial heating equipment as necessary for maintaining the concrete temperatures as specified in Section 420.4.7.11., "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather." 3.5. Spraying Equipment. Use mechanically powered pressure sprayers, either air or airless, with appropriate atomizing nozzles for the application of membrane curing. Use hand -pressurized spray equipment with 2 or 3 fan -spray nozzles if approved. Ensure the spray from each nozzle overlaps the spray from adjacent nozzles by approximately 50%. 3.6. Concrete Testing Equipment. Provide testing equipment for use by the Engineer in accordance with Section 421.3.3., "Testing Equipment." 4. CONSTRUCTION Obtain approval for proposed construction methods before starting work. Approval of construction methods and equipment does not relieve the Contractor's responsibility for safety or correctness of methods, adequacy of equipment, or completion of work in full accordance with the Contract. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, it is the Contractor's option to perform testing on structural concrete (structural classes of concrete are identified in Table 8 of Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs,") to determine the in -situ strength to address the schedule restrictions in Section 420.4.1., "Schedule Restrictions." The Engineer may require the Contractor to perform this testing for concrete placed in cold weather. Make enough test specimens for Contractor -performed testing to ensure strength requirements are met for the operations listed in Section 420.4.1., "Schedule Restrictions." Make at least 420 1 set of test specimens for each element cast each day. Cure these specimens under the same conditions as the portion of the structure involved for all stages of construction. Ensure safe handling, curing, and storage of all test specimens. Provide testing personnel, and sample and test the hardened concrete in accordance with Section 421.4.8., "Sampling and Testing of Concrete." The maturity method, Tex-426-A, may be used for in -situ strength determination for schedule restrictions if approved. Coring will not be allowed for in -situ strength determination for schedule restrictions. Provide the Engineer the opportunity to witness all testing operations. Report all test results to the Engineer. If the Contractor does not wish to perform schedule restriction testing, the Engineer's 7-day lab -cured tests, performed in accordance with Article 421.5., "Acceptance of Concrete," will be used for schedule restriction determinations. The Engineer may require additional time for strength gain to account for field curing conditions such as cold weather. 4.1. Schedule Restrictions. Construct and open completed structures to traffic with the following limitations unless otherwise shown on the plans: 4.1.1. Setting Forms. Attain at least 2,500 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the footing concrete has aged at least 2 curing days as defined in Section 420.4.10., "Curing Concrete." Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected by the Engineer. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 2,500 psi and the member is properly supported to eliminate stresses not provided for in the design. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 4.1.2. Removal of Forms and Falsework. Keep in place weight -supporting forms and falsework for bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a compressive strength of 2,500 psi in accordance with Section 420.4.11., "Removal of Forms and Falsework." Keep all forms for mass placements in place for 4 days following concrete placement unless otherwise approved based on the outcome of the heat control plan outlined in Section 420.4.7.14., "Mass Placements." 4.1.3. Placement of Superstructure Members. Erect or place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 4.1.4. Opening to Traffic. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to construction traffic when the design strength specified in Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Design," has been attained if curing is maintained. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. Open other noncritical structural and nonstructural concrete for service upon the completion of curing unless otherwise specified or directed. 4.1.5. Post -Tensioned Construction. Ensure strength requirements on the plans for structural elements designed to be post -tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of structural elements. 4.1.6. Backfilling. Backfill in accordance with Section 400.3.3., "Backfill." 4.2. Plans for Falsework and Forms. Submit plans for falsework and forms for the following items: vertical forms for piers and single column bents; load supporting forms for caps and tie -beams; form attachments for bridges to be widened; and other items as indicated or directed. Provide design calculations when requested. Show all essential details of proposed forms, falsework, and bracing. Have a licensed professional engineer design, seal, and sign these plans. Department approval is not required, except as noted in Table 1 of Item 5, "Control of the Work," when forms or falsework are located such that public safety can be affected, but the Department reserves the right to request modifications to the plans. The Contractor is responsible for the adequacy of these plans. Design job -fabricated formwork assuming a weight of 150 pcf for concrete, and 420 include a liveload allowance of 50 psf of horizontal surface of the form. Do not exceed 125% of the allowable stresses used by the Department for the design of structures. 4.3. Falsework. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads, including wind loads, and to provide the necessary rigidity. Consult AASHTO's Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary Works for falsework and shoring information not indicated below. Submit details in accordance with Section 420.4.2., "Plans for Falsework and Forms." Design job -fabricated falsework assuming a weight of 150 pcf for concrete, and include a minimum liveload allowance of 50 psf of horizontal surface of the form. Do not exceed 125% of the allowable stresses used by the Department for the design of structures. Do not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working loads for moment and shear or end reaction for commercially produced structural units used in Falsework. Include a minimum liveload allowance of 35 psf of horizontal form surface in determining the maximum allowable working load for commercially produced structural units. Provide timber that is sound, in good condition, and free from defects that would impair its strength. Provide timber that meets or exceeds the species, size, and grade requirements in the submitted falsework plans. Provide wedges made of hardwood or metal in pairs to adjust falsework to desired elevations to ensure even bearing. Do not use wedges to compensate for incorrectly cut bearing surfaces. Use sills or grillages large enough to support the superimposed load without settlement. Take precautions to prevent settling of the supporting material unless the sills or grillages are founded on solid rock, shale, or other hard materials. Place falsework that cannot be founded on a satisfactory spread footing on piling or drilled shafts with enough bearing capacity to support the superimposed load without settlement. Drive falsework piling to the required resistance determined by the applicable formula in Item 404, "Driving Piling." Design drilled shafts for falsework to carry the superimposed load using both skin friction and point bearing. Weld in conformance with Item 448, "Structural Field Welding." Securely brace each falsework bent to provide the stiffness required, and securely fasten the bracing to each pile or column it crosses. Remove falsework when it is no longer required or as indicated on the submitted falsework plan. Pull or cut off foundations for falsework at least 2 ft. below finished ground level. Completely remove falsework, piling, or drilled shafts in a stream, lake, or bay to the approved limits to prevent obstruction to the waterway. 4.4. Forms. Submit formwork plans in accordance with Section 420.4.2., "Plans for Falsework and Forms." 4.4.1. General. Provide forms of either timber or metal except where otherwise specified or permitted. Design forms for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pcf. Take the rate of concrete placement into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. Include a minimum liveload allowance of 50 psf of horizontal surface for job -fabricated forms. Do not exceed 125% of the Department's allowable stresses for the design of structures. Do not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working loads for moment and shear or end reaction for commercially produced structural units used for forms. Include a minimum liveload allowance of 35 psf of horizontal form surface in determining the maximum allowable working load for commercially produced structural units. Provide steel forms for round columns unless otherwise approved. Refer to Item 427, "Surface Finishes for Concrete," for additional requirements for off -the -form finishes. 420 Provide commercial form liners for imprinting a pattern or texture on the concrete surface as shown on the plans and specified in Section 427.4.3.5., "Form Liner Finish." Provide forming systems that are practically mortar -tight, rigidly braced, and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintain them to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Maintain forms in a manner that prevents warping and shrinkage. Do not allow offsets at form joints to exceed 1/16 in. Use only material that is inert, non -biodegradable, and nonabsorptive for forms to be left in place. Construct all forms to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. Clean all forms and footing areas of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Provide openings in forms if needed for the removal of laitance or foreign matter. Treat the facing of all forms with bond -breaking coating of composition that will not discolor or injuriously affect the concrete surface. Take care to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. Complete all preparatory work before requesting permission to place concrete Cease placement if the forms show signs of bulging or sagging at any stage of the placement, and remove the portion of the concrete causing this condition immediately as directed. Reset the forms and securely brace them against further movement before continuing the placement. 4.4.2. Timber Forms. Provide properly seasoned, good -quality lumber that is free from imperfections that would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. Provide timber or lumber that meets or exceeds the requirements for species and grade in the submitted formwork plans. Maintain forms or form lumber that will be reused so it stays clean and in good condition. Do not use any lumber that is split, warped, bulged, or marred, or that has defects in any way that will produce inferior work Promptly remove such lumber from the work. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: ■ the inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; ■ surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and ■ any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. Provide form lining of an approved type such as masonite or plywood. Do not provide thin membrane sheeting such as polyethylene sheets for form lining. Use plywood at least 3/4 in. thick. Place the grain of the face plies on plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless otherwise indicated on the submitted form drawings. Use plywood for forming surfaces that remain exposed that meets the requirements for B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior of the U.S. Department of Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Space wales closely enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines, scabbed at least 4 ft. on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row of wales near the bottom of each placement. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to supporting studs. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface finish as defined in Section 420.4.13., "Ordinary Surface Finish." Make horizontal joints continuous. 420 Make molding for chamfer strips or other uses of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. Dress wood molding on all faces. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring 3/4 in. on the sides unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal to hold forms in place. Cut back wire ties at least 1 /2 in. from the face of the concrete. Use devices to hold metal ties in place that are able to develop the strength of the tie and adjust to allow for proper alignment. Entirely remove metal and wooden spreaders that separate the forms as the concrete is being placed. Provide adequate clean -out openings for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. 4.4.3. Metal Forms. Requirements for timber forms regarding design, mortar -tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse, and wetting also apply to metal forms except metal forms do not require lining unless specifically noted on the plans. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. Keep metal free from rust, grease, and other foreign materials. 4.5. Drains. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as shown on the plans. 4.6. Placing Reinforcement and Post -Tensioning. Place reinforcement as provided in Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete." Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel except where shown on the plans. Place post -tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the approved prestressing details and Item 426, `Post -Tensioning." Keep ducts free of obstructions until all post -tensioning operations are complete. 4.7. Placing Concrete. Give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Do not place concrete when impending weather conditions would impair the quality of the finished work. Place concrete in early morning or at night or adjust the placement schedule for more favorable weather when conditions of wind, humidity, and temperature are such that concrete cannot be placed without the potential for weather -related distress. Adequately illuminate the entire placement site as approved when mixing, placing, and finishing concrete in non -daylight hours. Furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall or freezing temperatures as outlined in this Item if changes in weather conditions require protective measures after work starts. Continue operations during rainfall only if approved. Use protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Cover aggregate stockpiles only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates. Allow at least 1 curing day after the concrete has achieved initial set before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. 4.7.1. Placing Temperature. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of concrete defined in Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs." 420 ■ Place Class C, F, H, K, or SS concrete only when its temperature at time of placement is between 50°F and 95°F. Increase the minimum placement temperature to 60°F if slag cement is used in the concrete. ■ Place Class S concrete, used in this Item only as indicated for culvert top slabs, only when its temperature is between 507 and 85°F. Increase the minimum placement temperature to 60°F if slag cement is used in the concrete. ■ Place Class A, B, and D concrete only when its temperature at the time of placement is greater than 507. ■ Place mass concrete in accordance with Section 420.4.7.14., "Mass Placements," only when its temperature at the time of placement is between 507 and 75°F. 4.7.2. Transporting Time. Begin the discharge of concrete delivered in truck mixers within the times listed in Table 14 of Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete." 4.7.3. Workability of Concrete. Place concrete with a slump as specified in Section 421.4.2.5., "Slump." Water may be added to the concrete before discharging any concrete from the truck to adjust for low slump provided that the maximum mix design water —cement ratio is not exceeded. Mix concrete in accordance with Section 421.4.6., "Mixing and Delivering Concrete," after introduction of any additional water or chemical admixtures. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been discharged. 4.7.4. Transporting Concrete. Transport concrete by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps, or other methods. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of slump and workability. Shade or wrap with wet burlap pipes through which concrete is pumped as necessary to prevent loss of slump and workability. Arrange and use chutes, troughs, conveyors, or pipes so the concrete ingredients will not be separated. Terminate such equipment in vertical downspouts when necessary to prevent segregation. Extend open troughs and chutes, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in the forms. Keep all transporting equipment clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 4.7.5. Preparation of Surfaces. Thoroughly wet all forms and hardened concrete on which concrete is to be placed before placing concrete on them. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. Provide surfaces that are in a moist, saturated surface -dry condition when concrete is placed on them. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. Lightly sprinkle the subgrade if d ry. 4.7.6. Expansion Joints. Construct joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction in accordance with plan details. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the concrete on 1 side of the joint. Ensure finished joints conform to the plan details with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Remove all concrete within the joint opening soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing to ensure full effectiveness of the joint. 4.7.7. Construction Joints. A construction joint is the joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set. Monolithic placement means the manner and sequence of concrete placing does not create a construction joint. 420 Make construction joints of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. Place authorized additional joints using details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise required. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint as soon as practical after initial set is attained. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate it with water. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout is placed against it. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface -dry condition (SSD) just before placing subsequent concrete. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hr. before placing subsequent concrete. Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve SSD conditions 15 to 30 min. before placing the concrete. An SSD condition is achieved when the surface remains damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 min. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete to avoid mortar loss and offsets at joints. Bonding agents are not required unless indicated otherwise. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a bonding agent is required as indicated on the plans. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," for bonding fresh concrete to hardened concrete. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while the epoxy is still tacky. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface that is SSD, and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4.7.8. Handling and Placing. Minimize segregation of the concrete and displacement of the reinforcement when handling and placing concrete. Produce a uniform, dense compact mass. Ensure concrete free -falls no more than 5 ft. except in the case of drilled shafts, thin walls such as in culverts, or as allowed by other Items. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete Fill each part of the forms by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete at 1 point and run or move the concrete along to fill the forms. Deposit concrete in the forms in layers of suitable depth but no more than 36 in. deep unless otherwise permitted. Avoid cold joints in a monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass with the previously placed concrete before it sets. Allow no more than 1 hr. to elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete when re -vibration of the concrete is shown on the plans except as otherwise allowed by an approved placing procedure. This time limit may be extended by 1/2 hr. if the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of a Type B or D admixture. 4.7.9. Consolidation. Carefully consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement except where approved on steel forms. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Systematically space points of vibration to ensure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. Continue the vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is completely 420 consolidated. Hand -spade or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. 4.7.10. Installation of Dowels and Anchor Bolts. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in -place or by grouting with grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar unless noted otherwise. Form or drill holes for grouting. Follow the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures for pre -packaged grout or epoxy anchor systems. Test anchors if required on the plans or by other Items. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment required by the plans. Make holes for dowels at least 12 in. deep unless otherwise shown on the plans. Make the hole diameter at least twice the dowel or bolt diameter, but not exceeding the dowel or bolt diameter plus 1-112 in. when using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar. Make the hole diameter 1116 to 114 in. greater than the dowel or bolt diameter when using neat epoxy unless indicated otherwise by the epoxy manufacturer. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond -breaking substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. Use a wire brush followed by oil -free compressed air to remove all loose material from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. Ensure holes are in a surface -dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and in a surface -moist condition when cementitious grout is used. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. Follow exactly the requirements for cleaning outlined in the product specifications for pre -packaged systems. Provide hydraulic cement grout for cast -in -place or grouted systems in accordance with DMS-4675, "Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications." Provide a Type III epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," when neat epoxy is used for anchor bolts or dowels. Provide Type VI II epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," when an epoxy grout is used. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Provide other anchor systems as required on the plans. 4.7.11. Placing Concrete in Cold Weather. Protect concrete placed under weather conditions where weather may adversely affect results. Permission given by the Engineer for placing during cold weather does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Remove and replace concrete as directed at the Contractor's expense if it is determined unsatisfactory due to poor conditions. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a temperature of 32°F or lower. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40°F and falling unless approved. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35°F and rising or above 40°F. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable temperature measuring devices to verify all concrete is effectively protected as follows: ■ Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non -direct traffic culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40oF for 72 hr. from the time of placement. ■ Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs (footings) of culverts, placed on or in the ground above 32°F for 72 hr. from the time of placement. Use additional covering, insulated forms, or other means and, if necessary, supplement the covering with artificial heating. Avoid applying heat directly to concrete surfaces. Cure as specified in Section 420.4.10., "Curing Concrete," during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. Have all necessary heating and covering material ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement when impending weather conditions indicate the possible need for temperature protection. 420 4.7.12. Placing Concrete in Hot Weather. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at time of placement as specified in Section 420.4.7.1., 'Placing Temperature." Sprinkle and shade aggregate stockpiles or use ice, liquid nitrogen systems, or other approved methods as necessary to control the concrete temperature. 4.7.13. Placing Concrete in Water. Deposit concrete in water only when shown on the plans or with approval. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Do not pump water during the concrete placing or until the concrete has set for at least 36 hr. Place the concrete with a tremie or pump, or use another approved method, and do not allow it to fall freely through the water or disturb it after it is placed. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. Support the tremie or operate the pump so it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. Design the concrete mix in accordance with Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," with a minimum cement content of 650 lb. per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include an anti -washout admixture in the mix design as necessary to produce a satisfactory finished product. 4.7.14. Mass Placements. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements designated on the plans as mass concrete to ensure the following during the heat dissipation period: ■ the temperature differential between the central core of the placement and the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35°F and ■ the temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160°F. Use the ConcreteWorks© software available from the Department, or another approved method based on the guidelines in ACI 207, "Mass Concrete," to develop the heat control plan. The Department will make available technical assistance on the use of ConcreteWorks©. Develop the heat control plan using historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass placement. Re-create the plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. The heat control plan may include a combination of the following elements: ■ selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and cement types, to minimize heat of hydration; ■ use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; ■ use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; ■ controlling rate or time of concrete placement; ■ use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; ■ use of supplementary cementing materials; ■ use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or ■ vary the duration formwork remains in place. Furnish and install 2 pairs of temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or other approved equivalent devices. Install devices to measure the surface temperature no more than 3 in. from the surface. Install devices to measure the core temperature a distance of half the least dimension from the nearest surface near the point of maximum predicted heat. Use these devices to simultaneously measure the temperature of the concrete at the core and the surface. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise approved based on the submitted heat control plan. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength of mass concrete. Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature limitations shown above. If the core temperature exceeds 160°F, the mass concrete element will be subject to review and acceptance by the Engineer using forensic analyses to determine its potential reduction in service life or performance. Proceed with subsequent construction on the affected element only when notified regarding acceptance. 10 420 Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35°F at no expense to the Department and revise the heat control plan as necessary to prevent further occurrences. 4.7.15. Placing Concrete in Foundation and Substructure. Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected and permission has been given to proceed. Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. Perform any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting from a suitable sump located outside the forms. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. Omit forms when footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams, if approved, and fill the entire excavation with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints unless otherwise directed. Columns and caps or tie beams supported on them may be placed in the same operation or separately. Allow for settlement and shrinkage of the column concrete, if placed in the same operation, by placing it to the lower level of the cap or tie beam, and delay placement between 1 and 2 hr. before proceeding with the cap or tie beam placement. 4.7.16. Placing Concrete in Box Culverts. Allow between 1 and 2 hr. to elapse where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 ft. in clear height before placing the top slab to allow for settlement and shrinkage in the wall concrete. Accurately finish the footing slab at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Finish top slabs that carry direct traffic as specified in Item 422, "Concrete Superstructures." Give top slabs of fill type culverts a float finish. 4.8. Extending Existing Substructures. Verify pertinent dimensions and elevations of the existing structure before ordering any required materials. 4.8.1. Removal. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions shown on the plans or as directed. Dispose of these materials as shown on the plans or as directed. Repair any portion of the remaining structure damaged as a result of the construction. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure unless approved in writing. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless shown on the plans. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the "break" line. Use removal equipment, as approved that will not damage the remaining concrete. 4.8.2. Reuse of Removed Portions of Structure. Detach and remove all portions of the old structure that are to be incorporated into the extended structure to the lines and details as specified on the plans or as directed. Move the unit to be reused to the new location specified using approved methods. Place the reinforcement and extension concrete according to the plan details. 4.8.3. Splicing Reinforcing Steel. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap splices in accordance with Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," unless otherwise shown on the plans. The new reinforcing steel does not need to be tied to the existing steel where spacing or elevation does not match that of the existing steel provided the lap length is attained. Weld in accordance with Item 448, "Structural Field Welding," when welded splices are permitted. Install any required dowels in accordance with Section 420.4.7.10., "Installation of Dowels and Anchor Bolts." 4.8.4. Concrete Preparation. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces that are in contact with new construction before placing forms. Prepare these construction joint surfaces in accordance with Section 420.4.7.7., "Construction Joints." 11 420 4.9. Treatment and Finishing of Horizontal Surfaces. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces constructed under this Section. Float the surface with a suitable float after the concrete has been struck off. Slope the tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly toward the edge, and slope the tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge, as directed, so water drains from the surface. Give the concrete a smooth trowel finish. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with Section 441.3.11.6., "Bearing and Anchorage Devices." Give the bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder spans a steel -trowel finish to the exact grades required. Give bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat buildups a textured, wood float finish. Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane more than 1/16 in. in all directions. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap or a construction joint. Provide a latex -based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. Mix mortars in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as shown on the plans or as indicated in Figure 1 and Figure 2. The Engineer of Record will design pedestals higher than 12 in. Nonreinforced Reinforced Pedestal Bearing Seat for Heights Greater Build-up than 3" Minimum 1 1/2" /Fl— I _]`�7—#4 Bars Maximum 3" at Beam Permissible Construction Joint Figure 1 Section through Bearing Seat Buildups 12 420 4.10. 4.10.1 Nonreinforced I I Reinforced Bearing Seat Pedestal Build-up = I I for Heights — Greater than 3" Figure 2 Plan View of Bearing Seat Buildups Curing Concrete. Obtain approval of the proposed curing methods, equipment, and materials before placing concrete. The Engineer may require the same curing methods for like portions of a single structure. Inadequate curing or facilities may delay all concrete placements on the job until remedial action is taken. A curing day is a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 507 for at least 19 hr. or, on colder days if the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40°F, for the entire 24 hr. The required curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set unless indicated otherwise. Tex-440-A may be used to determine when the concrete has attained its initial set. Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days except as allowed for the curing options listed below. Use form or membrane curing for vertical surfaces unless otherwise approved. Use only water curing for horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete. Use water or membrane curing for horizontal or unformed surfaces for all other concrete. Use one of the following curing options for vertical surfaces, unless indicated otherwise. ■ Form cure for 48 hr. after placement. ■ Form cure for 12 hr. after placement followed by membrane curing. ■ For HPC Concrete, form cure for 48 hr. after placement followed by membrane curing. ■ For mass concrete, form cure as required by the heat control plan followed by membrane curing if forms are removed before 4 days. Apply membrane curing, if used, within 2 hr. of form removal. Use only water curing in accordance with this Section for the top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (stub walls, caps with backwalls, risers, etc.). Cure all other concrete as specified in the pertinent Items. Use the following methods for curing concrete, subject to the requirements of this Item. Form Curing. When forms are left in intimate contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. Use another approved curing method if forms are removed before the 4-day required curing period. 13 420 4.10.2. Water Curing. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete wet continuously for the required curing time. Use water curing in accordance with concrete mixing water in Section 421.2.5., "Water." Do not use seawater or water that stains or leaves an unsightly residue. 4.10.2.1. Blankets. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. Weight the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats, forming an enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. 4.10.2.2. Water Spray. Overlap sprays or sprinklers to keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. 4.10.2.3. Ponding. Cover the surfaces with at least 2 in. of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or at least 1 in. deep water. Use a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. 4.10.3. Membrane Curing. Choose either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane -curing compound unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use the same type of curing compound on an individual member. Apply membrane curing just after free moisture has disappeared at a rate of approximately 180 sq. ft. per gallon. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that will later form a construction joint. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Dampen formed surfaces and surfaces that have been given a first rub so they are moist at the time of application of the membrane. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified when membrane is used for complete curing. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. Polyethylene sheeting, burlap -polyethylene mats, or laminated mats in close contact with the concrete surfaces are equivalent to membrane curing. 4.11. Removal of Forms and Falsework. Remove forms for vertical surfaces after the concrete has aged a minimum of 12 hr. after initial set provided the removal can be done without damage to the concrete unless otherwise directed. Keep forms for mass placements in place for 4 days following concrete placement unless otherwise approved based on the outcome of the heat control plan outlined in Section 420.4.7.14., "Mass Placements." Leave in place weight -supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 ft. for all bridge components and culvert slabs except as directed otherwise until the concrete has attained a compressive strength of 2,500 psi. Remove forms for other structural components as necessary. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after concrete has attained a compressive strength of 1,800 psi if an approved overhead support system is used to transfer the weight of the top slab to the walls of the box culvert or sewer before removal of the support provided by the forms. Forms or parts of forms may be removed only if constructed to permit removal without disturbing forms or falsework required to be left in place for a longer period on other portions of the structure. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms for alignment to a depth of at least 112 in. from the concrete surface. Make the appliances so metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling of the concrete, and so it leaves a smooth opening in the concrete surface when removed. Do not burn off rods, bolts, or ties. Remove all forms and falsework unless otherwise directed. 4.12. Defective Work. Repair defective work as soon as possible. Remove and replace at the expense of the Contractor any defect that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 4.13. Ordinary Surface Finish. Apply an ordinary surface finish to all concrete surfaces. Provide flat or textured surfaces as specified with uniform appearance. Address defects and surface irregularities not consistent with the intent of the expected finish by the following: 14 420 ■ Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. ■ Repair spalls in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Concrete Repair Manual available on the Department's website. ■ Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form ties, etc., with latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout as approved. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the patch with the surrounding concrete. On surfaces to receive a rub finish in accordance with Item 427, "Surface Finishes for Concrete," chip out exposed parts of metals chairs to a depth of 112 in. and repair the surface. ■ Remove all fins, rust staining, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry -rubbing. ■ Ensure all repairs are dense, well -bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not specified. Apply an ordinary surface finish as the final finish to the following exposed surfaces unless noted otherwise: ■ inside and top of inlets, ■ inside and top of manholes, ■ inside of sewer appurtenances, and ■ inside of culvert barrels. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of culvert barrels. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the cubic yard, square yard, foot, square foot, or by each structure. 5.1. General. Concrete quantities will be based on the dimensions shown on the plans or those established in writing by the Engineer. In determining quantities, no deductions will be made for chamfers less than 2 in. or for embedded portions of steel or prestressed concrete beams, piling, anchor bolts, reinforcing steel, drains, weep holes, junction boxes, electrical or telephone conduit, ducts and voids for prestressed tendons, or embedded portions of light fixtures. Variation in concrete headwall quantity incurred when an alternate bid for pipe is permitted will not be cause for payment adjustment. Quantities revised by a change in design, measured as specified, will be increased or decreased and included for payment. 5.2. Plans Quantity. Structure elements designated in Table 1 and measured by the cubic yard are plans quantity measurement items. The quantity to be paid for plans quantity items is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. No adjustment will be made for footings or other in -ground elements where the Contractor has been allowed to place concrete in an excavation without forms. 15 420 Table 1 Plans Quantity Payment (Cubic Yard Measurement Only) Culverts and culvert wing walls Abutments Headwalls for pipe Footings Retaining walls Pile bent caps Inlets and manholes Post -tensioned elements Note —Other elements, including pier and bent concrete, may be paid for as "plans quantity" when shown on the plans. 5.3. Measured in Place. Items not paid for as "plans quantity" will be measured in place. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for the class of concrete and element identified and by the special designation when appropriate. This price is full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and mixing concrete materials; furnishing, bending, fabricating, splicing, welding and placing the required reinforcement; clips, blocks, metal spacers, ties, wire, or other materials used for fastening reinforcement in place; furnishing, placing, and stressing post -tensioning system; placing, finishing, and curing concrete; mass placement controls; applying ordinary surface finish; furnishing and placing drains, metal flashing strips, and expansion -joint material; excavation, subgrade preparation; and forms and falsework, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Price will be adjusted in accordance with Article 421.6., "Measurement and Payment" when required to address non-compliance of project acceptance testing. Design and installation of foundations for falsework is at the Contractor's expense. In addition to the work described above, for extending structures the unit prices bid for the various classifications of concrete shown are full compensation for removing and disposing of, if necessary, the designated portion of the existing structure; removing, stockpiling if necessary, and replacing headwall units for reuse; cleaning, bending, and cutting of exposed reinforcing steel; splicing of new reinforcing steel to existing reinforcing steel; installation of dowels; and cleaning and preparing existing concrete surfaces. 16 422 Item 422 Texas Concrete Superstructures Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Construct reinforced concrete bridge slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units (pan formed), approach slabs, or other bridge superstructure elements as indicated. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Concrete. Provide concrete conforming to Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete." Provide Class S or S (HPC) concrete for all cast -in -place concrete unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the class of concrete for precast components indicated on the plans or in pertinent governing Items. 2.2. Reinforcing Steel. Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete." 2.3. Structural Grout. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675, "Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications" or as indicated on the plans. 2.4. Expansion Joint Material. Provide materials in accordance with DMS-6310, "Joint Sealants and Fillers." ■ Provide preformed bituminous fiber expansion joint material unless indicated otherwise. ■ Provide a Class 4, 5, or 7 low -modulus silicone sealant unless otherwise directed. ■ Provide asphalt board that conforms to dimensions shown on the plans. ■ Provide re -bonded neoprene filler that conforms to the dimensions shown on the plans. 2.5. Foam Bedding Strips for Prestressed Concrete Panels. Use extruded polystyrene conforming to ASTM C578, Type VI (40 psi compressive strength) or as specified. Provide a manufacturer's certification or data sheet stating the foam meets these requirements. Use an adhesive or bonding agent compatible with polystyrene as recommended by the polystyrene manufacturer. 2.6. Evaporation Retardants. Provide evaporation retardants in accordance with DMS-4650, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation Retardants." 2.7. Curing Materials. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with DMS-4650, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation Retardants." Provide cotton mats that consist of a filling material of cotton "bat" or "bats" (at least 12 oz. per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 6 oz. per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows of stitching spaced at less than 4 in., or tuft both longitudinally and transversely at intervals less than 3 in. Provide cotton mats that are free from tears and in good general condition. Provide a flap at least 6 in. wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering and extending along one side of the mat. Provide polyethylene sheeting that is at least 4 mils thick and free from visible defects. Provide opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature during curing exceeds 90°F. Provide burlap -polyethylene mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque white pigmented polyethylene, free from visible defects. Provide laminated mats that have at least one layer of an impervious material such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) and are free of visible defects. 422 Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 oz. per square yard) with the following additions: ■ Manila hemp may also be used to make burlap. ■ Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. ■ Do not use burlap containing any water soluble ingredient which will retard the setting time of concrete. Provide used burlap complying with the requirements stated above, and that only has been used previously for curing concrete. "Like new" cleanliness is not expected, but contamination with any substance foreign to the concrete curing process, such as grease or oil, will be cause for rejection. 2.8. Epoxy. Provide epoxy materials that conform to DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," unless otherwise specified. 3. EQUIPMENT 3.1. Fogging Equipment. Use fogging equipment that can apply water in a fine mist, not a spray. Produce the fog using equipment that pumps water or water and air under high pressure through a suitable atomizing nozzle. Use hand-held mechanical equipment portable enough to use in the direction of any prevailing wind and adaptable for intermittent use to prevent excessive wetting of the concrete. 3.2. Transporting and Placing Equipment. Use appropriate transporting and placing equipment such as buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps, or other equipment as necessary. Do not transport or convey concrete through equipment made of aluminum. Use carts with pneumatic tires for carting or wheeling concrete over newly placed slabs. Use tremies that are watertight to control the fall of concrete and of large enough diameter to allow the placement of the concrete but less than 14 in. in diameter. Use pumps with lines at least 5 in. inside diameter (I.D.) where Grade 2 or smaller coarse aggregate is used and at least 8 in. I.D. for Grade 1 coarse aggregate. 3.3. Vibrators. Use immersion -type vibrators for consolidation of concrete. Provide at least 1 standby vibrator for emergency use. Furnish vibrator head covered by a rubberized or elastomeric cover when used near epoxy coated reinforcing steel. 3.4. Screeds and Work Bridges for Bridge Slabs. Use a self-propelled transverse screed or a mechanical longitudinal screed for bridge slabs. Use transverse screeds that are able to follow the skew of the bridge for skews greater than 15' unless otherwise approved. Equip transverse screeds with a pan float. Manually operated screeding equipment may be used if approved for top slabs of culverts, small placements, or unusual conditions. Use screeds that are rigid and heavy enough to hold true to shape and have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber or section. Equip the screeds, except those of the roller drum type, with metal cutting edges. Use sufficient work bridges for finishing operations for bridge slabs. Mount a carpet drag to a work bridge or a moveable support system that can vary the area of carpet in contact with the concrete. Use carpet pieces long enough to cover the entire width of the placement. Splice or overlap the carpet as necessary. Ensure enough carpet is in contact longitudinally with the concrete being placed to provide the desired surface finish. Use artificial grass -type carpeting with a molded polyethylene pile face with a blade length between 518 and 1 in. and minimum weight of 70 oz. per square yard. Ensure the carpet has a strong, durable backing not subject to rot and the facing is adequately bonded to the backing to withstand the intended use. A burlap drag, attached to the pan float on a transverse screed, may be used instead of the carpet drag. 3.5. Temperature Recording Equipment. Use strip chart temperature recording devices, recording maturity meters in accordance with Tex-426-A, or other approved devices that are accurate within ±2°F within the range of 32°F to 212°F. 422 3.6. Artificial Heating Equipment. Use artificial heating equipment as necessary for maintaining the concrete temperatures as specified in Section 422.4.6.11., "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather." 3.7. Sawing Equipment. Use sawing equipment capable of cutting grooves in completed bridge slabs and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. Provide grooves that are 1/8 to 3/16 in. deep, nominally 1/8 in. wide, and spaced at 1 in. Use sawing equipment capable of cutting grooves in hardened concrete within 18 in. of the barrier rail or curb. 3.8. Spraying Equipment. Use mechanically powered pressure sprayers with appropriate atomizing nozzles for the application of membrane curing. Mechanically driven spraying equipment, adaptable to the rail system used by the screeds, may be used for applying membrane curing to bridge slabs. Use hand -pressurized spray equipment equipped with 2 or 3 fan -spray nozzles if approved. Ensure the spray from each nozzle overlaps the spray from adjacent nozzles by approximately 50%. 3.9. Concrete Testing Equipment. Provide testing equipment for the Engineer's use in accordance with Section 421.3.3., "Testing Equipment." 4. CONSTRUCTION Obtain approval for proposed construction methods before starting work. Approval of construction methods and equipment does not relieve the Contractor's responsibility for safety or correctness of methods, adequacy of equipment, or completion of work in full accordance with the Contract. Attend the pre - construction (pre -pour) meetings for bridge slabs conducted by the Engineer. Provide and obtain approval for proposed finishing methods, interim curing methods, and final curing methods. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, it is the Contractor's option to perform testing on structural concrete (structural classes of concrete are identified in Table 8 of Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs,") to determine the in -situ strength to address the schedule restrictions listed below. The Engineer may require the Contractor to perform this testing for concrete placed in cold weather. Make enough test specimens for Contractor -performed testing to ensure strength requirements are met for the operations listed below. Make at least 1 set of test specimens for each element cast each day. Cure these specimens under the same conditions as the portion of the structure involved for all stages of construction. Ensure safe handling, curing, and storage of all test specimens. Provide testing personnel, and sample and test the hardened concrete in accordance with Section 421.4.8., "Sampling and Testing of Concrete." The maturity method, Tex-426-A, may be used for in -situ strength determination for schedule restrictions if approved. Coring will not be allowed for in -situ strength determination for schedule restrictions. Provide the Engineer the opportunity to witness all testing operations. Report all test results to the Engineer. If the Contractor does not wish to perform schedule restriction testing, the Engineer's 7-day lab -cured tests, performed in accordance with Article 421.5., "Acceptance of Concrete," will be used for schedule restriction determinations. The Engineer may require additional time for strength gain to account for field curing conditions such as cold weather. 4.1. Schedule Restrictions and Inspection Hold -Points. 4.1.1. Placement of Superstructure Members. Place or cast superstructure members after the substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 4.1.2. Longitudinal Screeding of Bridge Slabs. Place a longitudinal screed directly on previously placed concrete slabs to check and grade an adjacent slab only after the previously placed slab has aged at least 24 hr. Place and screed the concrete after the previously placed slabs have aged at least 48 hr. Maintain curing of the previously placed slabs during placement. 4.1.3. Staged Placement of Bridge Slabs on Continuous Steel Units. Ensure the previously placed concrete attains a compressive strength of 3,000 psi when staged placement of a slab is required or used before placing the next stage placement. Multiple stages may be placed in a single day if approved by the Engineer of Record. 422 4.1.4. Storage of Materials on the Structure. Obtain approval to store materials on completed portions of a structure once a compressive strength of 3,000 psi has been attained. Maintain proper curing if materials will be stored on structures before completion of curing. 4.1.5. Placement of Equipment and Machinery. Do not place erection equipment or machinery on the structure until the concrete has attained the design strength specified in Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs," unless otherwise approved. 4.1.6. Carting of Concrete Cart, wheel, or pump concrete over completed slabs after the completed concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Maintain curing during these operations. 4.1.7. Placing Bridge Rails. Reinforcing steel and concrete for bridge rails may be placed on bridge slabs once the slab concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Ensure the slab concrete has attained its design strength specified in Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs," before placing railing concrete if slipforming methods are used for railing concrete. 4.1.8. Opening to Construction Traffic. Bridges may be opened to all construction traffic when the design strength specified in Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs," has been attained if curing is maintained. Avoid crossing bridges at high speeds until railing concrete, if present, has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 4.1.9. Opening to Full Traffic. Bridges may be opened to the traveling public when the design strength specified in Section 421.4.1., "Classification of Concrete Mix Designs," has been attained for all structural elements including railing subject to impact from traffic and when curing has been completed for all slabs. Obtain approval before opening bridges to the traveling public. 4.1.10. Inspection Hold -Points. Notify Engineer of progress of work and when work is complete before beginning next stage of work. ■ Beam erection and bracing ■ Formwork, including setting of precast panels ■ Placing reinforcing steel ■ Screed dry run and pre -pour clear cover checks ■ Attend pre -pour meeting conducted by the Engineer ■ Post -curing crack inspection 4.2. Forms. Submit forming plans for decks or slabs on beams or girders, overhangs, cast -in -place spans, and bracing systems for girders when the overhang exceeds 3 ft. 6 in. Submit similar plans for other units of the superstructure as directed. Show all essential details of proposed forms and bracing. Have a licensed professional engineer design, seal, and sign these plans. Department approval is not required, but the Department reserves the right to request modifications to the plans. The Contractor is responsible for the adequacy of these plans. Design job -fabricated formwork assuming a weight of 150 pcf for concrete, and include a minimum liveload allowance of 50 psf of horizontal surface of the form. Do not exceed 125% of the allowable stresses used by the Department for the design of structures. Use conventional forms, permanent metal deck forms, or prestressed concrete panels for slabs on beams or girders unless indicated otherwise. Use permanent metal deck forms or conventional forms for thickened slabs, diaphragms, or other regions as shown on the plans where prestressed concrete panels are not used. Provide prestressed concrete panels as shown on the plans and in accordance with Item 424, "Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)." Provide copies of the precast panel layout drawings from the panel fabricator. Use only material that is inert, non -biodegradable, and nonabsorptive for forms to be left in place. 422 Overhang form supports that transmit a horizontal force to a steel girder or beam or to a prestressed concrete beam are permitted provided a satisfactory structural analysis has been made of the effect on the girder or beam as indicated in the submitted formwork plans. Use beam bracing as indicated on the plans when overhang brackets are used on prestressed concrete beam spans with slab overhangs not exceeding 3 ft. 6 in. Provide and design additional support or bracing for the outside beams regardless of the type of beam used for spans with overhangs exceeding this amount. Attachment of forms or screed supports for bridge slabs to steel I -beams or girders may be by welding subject to the following requirements: ■ Do not weld to tension flanges or to areas indicated on the plans. ■ Weld in accordance with Item 448, "Structural Field Welding." When setting forms of any type take into account: ■ deflections due to cast -in -place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram, ■ differential beam or girder deflections due to skew angles and the use of certain stay -in -place slab forming systems, and ■ deflection of the forming system due to the wet concrete. Securely stake forms to line and grade and maintain in position for bridge approach slabs. Rigidly attach inside forms for curbs to the outside forms. Construct all forms to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. Clean all forms and footing areas of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Provide openings in forms if needed for the removal of laitance or foreign matter. Treat the facing of all forms with bond -breaking coating of composition that will not discolor or injuriously affect the concrete surface. Take care to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. Complete all preparatory work before placing concrete. 4.2.1. Precast Panels. Profile each beam to determine the actual camber or sag of the beams before placing panels. Adjust the profile grade line, panel elevation, and bearing seat elevations as needed to obtain the required cover over the slab reinforcement and slab thickness while maintaining ride quality. Make adjustments over suitable increments when a profile grade line adjustment is necessary, depending on span lengths, so the revised grade line will produce a uniform profile and good riding qualities. Obtain approval for the grade adjustments before placement. Consider actual beam camber in adjacent spans or slab placements when adjusting the grade line. Inspect each panel before being placed for cracks and other damage. Refer to Section 424.4.3.1., "Defects and Breakage," for rejection criteria due to cracking and other damage. 4.2.2. Permanent Metal Decking. Submit signed and sealed design calculations in addition to the required formwork drawings. Design and install formwork in accordance with the plans and formwork drawings. The plans will govern in cases where the plans and the formwork drawings conflict. 4.2.3. Conventional Forms. Provide properly seasoned good -quality lumber free from imperfections that would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. Provide timber or lumber that meets or exceeds the requirements for species and grade in the submitted formwork plans. Maintain forms or form lumber that will be reused so that it stays clean and in good condition. Do not use any lumber that is split, warped, bulged, or marred or that has any defect that will produce inferior work; remove such lumber from the work. Use plywood at least 3/4 in. thick. Use plywood for forming surfaces that remain exposed that meets the requirements for B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior of the U.S. Department of Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 422 Space studs and joists so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Place forms with the form panels symmetrically (long dimensions set in the same direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface finish as defined in Section 420.4.13., "Ordinary Surface Finish." Make horizontal joints continuous. Make molding for chamfer strips or other uses of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. Dress wood molding on all faces. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring 3/4 in. on the sides unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4.3. Placing Reinforcement. Place reinforcement as provided in Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete." Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to I -beams or girders or to reinforcing steel except where shown on the plans. 4.4. Drains. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as shown on the plans. 4.5. Extending Existing Slabs. Verify pertinent dimensions and elevations of the existing structure before ordering any required materials. 4.5.1. Removal. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions shown on the plans or as directed. Dispose of these materials as shown on the plans or as directed. Remove any metal railing without damaging it, and stack it neatly on the right of way at locations that do not interfere with traffic or construction or at locations shown on the plans. All removed metal railing remains the property of the Department unless otherwise shown on the plans. Repair any portion of the remaining structure damaged as a result of the construction. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure unless approved in writing. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless shown on the plans. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the "break" line. Use removal equipment, as approved that will not damage the remaining concrete. 4.5.2. Reuse of Removed Portions of Structure. Detach and remove all portions of the old structure that are to be incorporated into the extended structure to the lines and details as specified on the plans or as directed. Move the unit to be reused to the new location specified using approved methods. Place the reinforcement and extension concrete according to the plan details. 4.5.3. Breaking Back Bridge Slabs. Saw the top surface of the slab for bridge slabs and direct traffic slabs of box culverts along the "break" line to a depth of 1/2 in. before breaking back. Do not cut the reinforcement at the "break" line. Sever the concrete at the "break' line. Do not damage the remaining reinforcement within 1 lap length of the "break' line during removal of the designated portion of the existing structure. 4.5.4. Splicing Reinforcing Steel. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap splices in accordance with Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," unless otherwise shown on the plans. The new reinforcing steel does not need to be tied to the existing steel where spacing or elevation does not match that of the existing steel provided the lap length is attained. Weld in accordance with Item 448, "Structural Field Welding," when welded splices are permitted. Install any required dowels in accordance with Section 422.4.6.10., "Installation of Dowels and Anchor Bolts." 4.5.5. Concrete Preparation. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces that are in contact with new construction before the placing of forms. Prepare these construction joint surfaces in accordance with Section 422.4.6.7., "Construction Joints." 4.6. Placing Concrete. Do not place concrete unless approval is obtained for the hold -point inspections as outlined in Section 422.4.1.10., "Inspection Hold -Points," and the pre -pour meeting has been conducted. Give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the final inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Obtain approval for proposed curing methods based on forecast weather conditions for the expected duration of the pour and use the evaporation rate nomograph as mentioned below to determine the required curing options. Follow the sequence of placing concrete shown on the plans or specified. 422 Do not place concrete when impending weather conditions would impair the quality of the finished work. Place concrete in early morning or at night or adjust the placement schedule for more favorable weather if conditions of wind, humidity, and temperature are such that concrete cannot be placed without the potential for plastic shrinkage cracking. Consult the evaporation rate nomograph in the Portland Cement Association's Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures or the evaporation rate spreadsheet available on the Department's website for shrinkage cracking potential. Adequately illuminate the entire placement site when mixing, placing, and finishing concrete in non -daylight hours as approved. Furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall or from freezing temperatures as outlined in this Item if changes in weather conditions require protective measures after work starts. Continue operations during rainfall only if approved. Use protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Cover aggregate stockpiles only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates. Allow at least 1 curing day after the concrete has achieved initial set before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. 4.6.1. Placing Temperature. Place superstructure concrete only when its temperature at the time of placement is between 50°F and 85°F. Increase the minimum placement temperature to 60°F if slag cement is used in the concrete. 4.6.2. Transporting Time. Begin the discharge of concrete delivered in truck mixers within the times listed in Table 14 of Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete." 4.6.3. Workability of Concrete. Place concrete with a slump as specified in Section 421.4.2.5., "Slump." Placing concrete with slump exceeding maximum specified may result in bridge deck cracking and be subject to Section 422.4.10., "Defective Work." Water may be added to the concrete before discharging any concrete from the truck to adjust for low slump provided the maximum mix design water -cement ratio is not exceeded. Mix concrete after introduction of any additional water or chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 421.4.6., "Mixing and Delivering Concrete." Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been discharged. 4.6.4. Transporting Concrete. Use a method and equipment capable of maintaining the rate of placement shown on the plans or required by this Item to transport concrete to the forms. Transport concrete by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps, or other methods. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of slump and workability. Shade or wrap with wet burlap pipes through which concrete is pumped as necessary to prevent loss of slump and workability. Arrange and use chutes, troughs, conveyors, or pipes so the concrete ingredients will not be separated. Terminate such equipment in vertical downspouts, when necessary, to prevent segregation. Extend open troughs and chutes, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in the forms. Keep all transporting equipment clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 4.6.5. Preparation of Surfaces. Thoroughly wet all forms, prestressed concrete panels, T-beams, slab beams, and concrete box beams on which concrete is to be placed before placing concrete on them. Remove free water from the surface or beam lines before placing concrete. Provide surfaces that are in a moist, saturated surface -dry condition when concrete is placed on them. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete for bridge approach slabs. 4.6.6. Expansion Joints. Construct joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction in accordance with plan details and the requirements of this Section and Item 454, "Bridge Expansion Joints." Prevent bridging of concrete or mortar around expansion joint material in bearings and expansion joints. 422 Use forms adaptable to loosening or early removal in construction of all open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material. Loosen these forms as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement of the span without requiring full form removal and avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete. Provide preformed fiber joint material or a high density foam in the vertical joints of the roadway slab, curb, median, or sidewalk when the plans show a Type A joint, and fill the top 1 in. with the specified joint sealing material unless noted otherwise. Install the sealer in accordance with Item 438, "Cleaning and Sealing Joints," and the manufacturer's recommendations. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the concrete on 1 side of the joint. Ensure that finished joints conform to the plan details with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Remove all concrete within the joint opening soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing to ensure full effectiveness of the expansion joint. 4.6.7. Construction Joints. A construction joint is formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set. Monolithic placement means the manner and sequence of concrete placing does not create a construction joint. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Do not make joints in bridge slabs not shown on the plans unless approved. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. Place authorized additional joints using details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise required. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate it with water. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout is placed against it. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface -dry (SSD) condition just before placing subsequent concrete. Prewet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hr. before placing subsequent concrete. Use high-pressure water blasting to achieve SSD conditions 15 to 30 min. before placing the concrete if ponding is not possible. An SSD condition is achieved when the surface remains damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 min. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete to avoid mortar loss and offsets at joints. Bonding agents are not required unless indicated otherwise. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material as indicated on the plans or other Items if a bonding agent is required. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," for bonding fresh concrete to hardened concrete. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while the epoxy is still tacky. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface that is SSD, and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4.6.8. Handling and Placing. Minimize segregation of the concrete and displacement of the reinforcement when handling and placing concrete. Produce a uniform, dense, compact mass. Do not allow concrete to free -fall more than 5 ft. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. Fill each part of the forms by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. Do not deposit large quantities at one point and run or work the concrete along the forms. 422 Avoid cold joints in a monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 4.6.9. Consolidation. Carefully consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement except where approved on steel forms. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Systematically space points of vibration to ensure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Insert the vibrator vertically where possible except for slabs where it may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. Continue the vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is completely consolidated. Hand -spade or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Concentrate vibration efforts along the beams lines when precast concrete panels are used for deck construction. 4.6.10. Installation of Dowels and Anchor Bolts. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in -place or by grouting with grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar unless noted otherwise. Form or drill holes for grouting. Use only epoxy when installing horizontal dowels into the edges of slabs. Follow the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures for pre -packaged grout or epoxy anchor systems. Test anchors if required on the plans or by other Items. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment required by the plans. Make holes for dowels at least 12 in. deep unless otherwise shown on the plans. Make the hole diameter at least twice the dowel or bolt diameter, but the hole need not exceed the dowel or bolt diameter plus 1-1/2 in. when using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar. Make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 in. greater than the dowel or bolt diameter when using neat epoxy unless indicated otherwise by the epoxy manufacturer. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond -breaking substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. Use a wire brush followed by oil -free compressed air to remove all loose material from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. Ensure holes are in a surface -dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and in a surface -moist condition when cementitious grout is used. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. Follow exactly the requirements for cleaning outlined in the product specifications for pre -packaged systems. Provide a Type III epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," when neat epoxy is used for anchor bolts or dowels. Provide Type VIII epoxy per DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," when an epoxy grout is used. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Provide other anchor systems as required on the plans. 4.6.11. Placing Concrete in Cold Weather. Protect concrete placed under weather conditions where weather may adversely affect results. Permission given by the Engineer for placing during cold weather does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. If concrete placed under poor conditions is unsatisfactory, remove and replace it as directed at Contractor's expense. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a temperature of 32°F or lower. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40°F and falling unless approved. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 350F and rising or above 40°F. 422 Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable temperature measuring devices to verify all concrete is effectively protected. Maintain the temperature of the top surface of bridge slabs and top slabs of direct traffic culverts at 50°F or above for 72 hr. from the time of placement and above 40°F for an additional 72 hr. Use additional covering, insulated forms, or other means and, if necessary, supplement the covering with artificial heating. Avoid applying heat directly to concrete surfaces. Cure as specified in Section 422.4.8., "Final Curing," during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. Have on hand all necessary heating and covering material, ready for use, before permission is granted to begin placement when impending weather conditions indicate the possible need for temperature protection. Distress caused by concrete drying out as a result of delayed set and strength gain associated with cold weather are a result of the Contractor's actions and are subject to repair in accordance with Section 422.4.10., "Defective Work." 4.6.12. Placing Concrete in Hot Weather. Use an approved Type B or D set retarding agent in all concrete for superstructures and top slabs of direct traffic culverts, except concrete containing slag cement, when the temperature of the air is above 85°F unless otherwise directed. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at time of placement as specified above. Sprinkle and shade aggregate stockpiles or use ice, liquid nitrogen systems, or other approved methods as necessary to control the concrete temperature. 4.6.13. Placing Concrete in Superstructure. Place simple span bridge slabs without transverse construction joints by using either a self-propelled transverse finishing machine or a mechanical longitudinal screed unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use of manually operated screeding equipment may be permitted for small placements or for unusual conditions such as narrow widening, variable cross slopes, or transitions. Support the screed adequately on a header or rail system stable enough to withstand the longitudinal or lateral thrust of the equipment. Adjust the profile grade line as necessary to account for variations in beam camber and other factors to obtain the required slab thickness and concrete cover over the slab reinforcement. Set beams and verify their surface elevations in a sufficient number of spans so that when adjustment is necessary, the profile grade line can be adjusted over suitable increments to produce a smooth riding surface. Take dead load deflection into account in setting the grades of headers and rail systems. Use construction joints, when required or permitted for slab placements on steel or prestressed concrete beams, as shown on the plans. Release falsework under the spans before placing concrete on steel girder or truss spans, and swing the spans free on their permanent supports. Provide additional camber to offset the initial and final deflections of the span as indicated on the plans for concrete flat slab, concrete slab, and girder spans cast -in -place on falsework. Provide camber of approximately 3/8 in. for 30-ft. spans and 1/2 in. for 40-ft. spans to offset initial and final deflections for concrete slab and girder spans using pan forms unless otherwise directed. Provide a camber of 1/8 in. for 104 spans but no more than 1/2 in. for concrete flat slab, concrete slab, and girder spans not using pan forms when dead load deflection is not shown on the plans. Provide a camber of 1/4 in. in addition to deflection for slabs without vertical curvature on steel or prestressed concrete beams. Provide camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes. Make 1 or more passes with the screed over the bridge slab segment before placing concrete on it to ensure proper operation and maintenance of grades and clearances. Use an approved system of checking to detect any vertical movement of the forms or falsework. Maintain forms for the bottom surface of concrete slabs, girders, and overhangs to the required vertical alignment during concrete placing. Level, strike off, and screed the surface while carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to fill all low spots as soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section wide enough to permit working. Move longitudinal screeds across the concrete with a saw -like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. Move transverse screeds longitudinally approximately 1/5 of the drum length for each complete out -and -back pass of the 10 422 carriage. Screed the surface of the concrete enough times and at intervals to produce a uniform surface true to grade and free of voids. Fog unformed surfaces of slab concrete in bridge slabs and in top slabs of direct traffic culverts from the time of initial strikeoff of the concrete until finishing is completed and required interim curing is in place. Do not use fogging as a means to add finishing water and do not work moisture from the fog spray into the fresh concrete. Retard the concrete for simple spans only if necessary to complete finishing operations or as required by this Section. Bring the top of curb and sidewalk section to the correct camber and alignment when filling curb forms, and finish them as described in this Item. 4.6.13.1. Transverse Screeding. Install rails for transverse finishing machines that are supported from the beams or girders so the supports may be removed without damage to the slab. Prevent bonding between removable supports and the concrete in an acceptable manner. Do not allow rail support parts that remain embedded in the slab to project above the upper mat of reinforcing steel. Rail or screed supports attached to I -beams or girders are subject to the requirements of this Item. Place concrete at a minimum rate of 30 ft. of bridge slab per hour for transverse screeding unless otherwise shown on the plans. Deposit concrete parallel to the skew of the bridge so all girders are loaded uniformly along their length. Deposit slab concrete between the exterior beam and adjacent beam before placing concrete in the overhang portion of the slab. Furnish personnel and equipment capable of placing, finishing, and curing the slab at an acceptable rate to ensure compliance with the specifications. Place concrete in transverse strips. Start placement at the lowest end on profile grades greater than 1-1/2%. At the Contractor's option, attach a pan drag and either a carpet or burlap drag to the screed assembly to float and provide surface micro -texture in one operation. Adjust the contact pressure of the pan drag to smooth high spots and fill any depressions left by the screed. Adjust the weight or position of the carpet or burlap drag to produce a smooth sandy micro -texture without blemishes, marks, or scratches deeper than 1/16 in. Fill screed rail support holes and holes from the Engineer's depth checks for slab thickness and reinforcing cover with concrete, and finish them to match the rest of the slab. 4.6.13.2. Longitudinal Screeding. Use of temporary intermediate headers will be permitted for placements over 50 ft. long if the rate of placement is rapid enough to prevent a cold joint and if these headers are designed for easy removal to permit satisfactory consolidation and finish of the concrete at their locations unless otherwise shown on the plans. Deposit slab concrete between the exterior beam and the adjacent beam before placing concrete in the overhang portion of the slab. Place concrete in longitudinal strips starting at a point in the center of the segment adjacent to 1 side except as this Section indicates, and complete the strip by placing uniformly in both directions toward the ends. Start placing at the lowest end for spans on a profile grade of 1-1/2% or more. Use strips wide enough that the concrete within each strip remains plastic until placement of the adjacent strip. Place the concrete in proper sequence to be monolithic with the adjacent longitudinal strips of the slabs where monolithic curb construction is specified. 4.6.13.3. Placements on Continuous Steel Units. Place slabs on continuous steel units in a single, continuous operation without transverse construction joints using a self-propelled transverse finishing machine or a mechanical longitudinal screed unless otherwise shown on the plans. Retard the initial set of the concrete sufficiently to ensure concrete remains plastic in at least 3 spans immediately preceding the slab being placed. Use construction joints, when required for slab placements on steel beams or girders, as shown on the plans. Ensure the previously placed concrete attains a compressive strength of 3,000 psi when staged placement of a slab is required on the plans before placing the next stage concrete. Multiple stages may be placed in a single day if approved. Use an approved placing sequence that will not overstress any of the supporting members where plans permit staged placing without specifying a particular order of placement. 4.6.13.4. Slab and Girder Units. Place girders, slab, curbs of slab, and girder spans monolithically unless otherwise shown on the plans. Fill concrete girder stems first, and place the slab concrete within the time limits specified in this Item. Place concrete in the stems for a short distance if using a transverse screed, and then place the concrete in transverse strips. Fill the outside girder stem first, beginning at the low end or side, if using a longitudinal screed, and continue placement in longitudinal strips. 11 422 4.7. Finish and Interim Curing of Bridge Slabs. Obtain approval of the proposed interim curing methods, equipment, and materials at the pre -pour meeting before placing concrete. Take into account forecast weather conditions to determine the interim curing methods to use. Use work bridges or other suitable facilities to perform all finishing operations and to provide access, if necessary, for the Engineer to check measurements for slab thickness and reinforcement cover. Work the screeded surface to a smooth finish with a long -handled wood or metal float or hand -float it from work bridges over the slab. Floating may not be necessary if the pan float attached to a transverse screed produces an acceptable finish. Avoid overworking the surface of the concrete. Avoid use of finish water. Perform sufficient checks, witnessed by the Engineer, with a long -handled 10-ft. straightedge on the plastic concrete to ensure the final surface will be within specified tolerances. Make the check with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Lap each pass half over the preceding pass. Remove all high spots, and fill and float all depressions over 1/16 in. deep with fresh concrete. Continue checking and floating until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids, or rough spots. Fill screed -rail support holes with concrete, and finish them to match the top of the slab. Provide a uniform micro -texture using a carpet drag, burlap drag, or broom finish. Finish the surface to a smooth sandy texture without blemishes, marks, or scratches deeper than 1/16 in. Apply the surface texturing using a work bridge or platform immediately after completing the straightedge checks. Draw the carpet or burlap drag longitudinally along the concrete surface, adjusting the surface contact area or pressure to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A broom finish may be performed using a fine bristle broom transversely. For bridge approach slabs the carpet drag, burlap drag, or broom finish may be applied either longitudinally or transversely. Evaporation protection is required if the evaporation rate exceeds 0.10 lbs./sf./hr. based on the Evaporation Calculation for Concrete Worksheet as shown on the Department's website, the evaporation rate nomograph in the Portland Cement Association's Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures or if indicated on the plans. 4.7.1. Evaporation Protection. Use one of the following methods for evaporation protection. 4.7.1.1. Evaporation Retardant. Coat the concrete surface immediately after the carpet or burlap drag, or broom finish with a single application of evaporation retardant at a rate recommended by the manufacturer. Do not allow more than 10 min. to elapse between the texturing at any location and application of evaporation retardant. The evaporation retardant may be applied using the same work bridge used for surface texturing. Do not work the concrete surface once the evaporation retardant has been applied. 4.7.1.2. Wet Burlap. Place pre -wet burlap no more than 10 ft. behind the finishing operation. A work bridge may be required to avoid marring the surface. Ensure the wet burlap covers the entire surface. Use sprayers, hoses, sprinklers, or other similar methods to keep the burlap continuously wetted until application of the final curing. 4.7.2. Interim Curing. Apply interim curing using one of the following options after applying the evaporation protection (if needed): 4.7.2.1. Membrane Cure. Apply membrane interim curing at a rate of approximately 180 sq. ft. per gallon. Apply before the water sheen disappears but do not place over standing water. Fog as necessary to maintain the wet sheen. Do not spray membrane curing on a dry surface. 4.7.2.2. Wet Burlap. Place pre -wet burlap no more than 10 ft. behind the finishing operation. Burlap used for evaporation protection will also be considered as the interim curing. 4.8. Final Curing. Obtain approval of the proposed curing methods, equipment, and materials at the pre -pour meeting before placing concrete. Inadequate curing or facilities may delay all concrete placements on the job until remedial action is taken. Apply final curing as soon as possible after interim curing without damaging the surface finish. Check the adequacy of the curing each day of the curing period. Take corrective action or modify the curing methods as needed to maintain a moist concrete surface. 12 422 A curing day is a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50°F for at least 19 hr. or, on colder days if the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40°F, for the entire 24 hr. The required curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set. Tex-440-A may be used to determine when the concrete has attained its initial set. Cure all superstructure concrete according to the following, unless otherwise shown on the plans: ■ Concrete using Type I or III cement: 8 days ■ Concrete using Type 1111 or II cement: 10 days ■ Concrete with any type of SCM: 10 days Place polyethylene sheeting, burlap -polyethylene blankets, laminated mats, or insulating curing mats in direct contact with the slab when the air temperature is expected to drop below 40oF during the first 72 hr. of the curing period. Weigh down these curing materials with dry mats to maintain direct contact with the concrete and provide insulation against cold weather. Supplemental heating or insulation may be required in cold and wet weather if the insulating cotton mats become wet or the concrete drops below the specified curing temperature. Avoid applying heat directly to concrete surfaces. Use one of the following water curing methods for final curing. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete wet continuously for the required curing time. Use water for curing that meets the requirements for concrete mixing water in Section 421.2.5., "Water." Do not use seawater or water that stains or leaves an unsightly residue. 4.8.1. Cotton Mats. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton mats in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. Weight the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats, forming an enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. Use of soaker hoses and plastic covering is acceptable provided the concrete surface remains continuously wet for the required curing duration. 4.8.2. Burlap Mats. The burlap used for interim curing may also be used for final curing if kept continuously wetted and completely covered with plastic sheeting. Overlap plastic sheeting and weigh down sufficiently so air cannot get under the plastic. 4.8.3. Burlap -Polyethylene Mats. Place these mats over soaker hoses or other similar methods to keep the concrete surface wetted for the duration of the curing period. Overlap the mats and weight down sufficiently so air cannot get under the mats. 4.9. Removal of Forms and Falsework. Forms for vertical surfaces may be removed after the concrete has aged 12 hr. after initial set provided the removal can be done without damage to the concrete unless otherwise directed. Remove forms for inside curb faces and for bridge rails whenever removal can be done without damage to the curb or railing. Leave in place weight -supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 ft. except as directed otherwise until the concrete has attained a compressive strength of 2,500 psi. Remove forms for other structural components as necessary. Forms or parts of forms may be removed only if constructed to permit removal without disturbing forms or falsework required to be left in place for a longer period on other portions of the structure. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms for alignment to a depth of at least 112 in. from the concrete surface. Make the appliances so that metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling of the concrete, and so that it leaves a smooth opening in the concrete surface when removed. Do not burn off rods, bolts, or ties. 13 422 Remove all forms and falsework unless otherwise directed. Apply an ordinary surface finish as the final finish to the bottom of bridge slabs between girders or beams, and vertical and bottom surfaces of interior concrete beams or girders unless otherwise noted. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the bottom of bridge slabs between girders or beams. Remove all fins, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be exposed. 4.10. Defective Work. The Contractor is responsible for the ride quality of the finished bridge slab. The Engineer will use a 10 ft. straightedge (118 in. in 10 ft.) to verify ride quality and determine locations where corrections are needed. Submit a plan for approval to produce a ride of acceptable quality if the Engineer determines the ride quality is unacceptable. Make all corrections for ride before saw -cutting grooves. Repair defective work as soon as possible. Remove and replace at the expense of the Contractor any defect that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer will inspect the deck or slab for plastic shrinkage and settlement cracking after completion of final curing and within 5 days after curing mats are removed. Seal any noted shrinkage cracks attributable to Contractor placing, curing, and finishing practices using gravity feed crack repair as directed in accordance with Item 780, "Concrete Crack Repair," at no cost to the Department. Transverse cracks over interior bents in continuous slab units do not need to be sealed in this manner. 4.11. Final Surface Texture. Saw -cut grooves in the hardened concrete of bridge slabs, bridge approach slabs, and direct traffic culverts to produce the final texturing after completion of the required curing period unless otherwise noted. Cut grooves perpendicular to the structure centerline. Cut grooves across the slab within 18 in. of the barrier rail, curb, or median divider. Adjust groove cutting at skewed metal expansion joints in bridge slabs by using narrow -width cutting heads so all grooves end within 6 in. of the joint, measured perpendicular to the centerline of the metal joint. Leave no ungrooved surface wider than 6 in. adjacent to either side of the joint. Ensure the minimum distance to the first groove, measured perpendicular to the edge of the concrete joint or from the junction between the concrete and the metal leg of the joint, is 1 in. Cut grooves continuously across construction joints or other joints in the concrete less than 112 in. wide. Apply the same procedure described above where barrier rails, curbs, or median dividers are not parallel to the structure centerline to maintain the 18 in. maximum dimension from the end of the grooves to the gutter line. Cut grooves continuously across formed concrete joints. Provide either a carpet drag or broom finish for micro -texture when saw -cut grooves are not required on the plans. In this case ensure an adequate and consistent micro -texture is achieved by applying enough weight to the carpet and keeping the carpet or broom from getting plugged with grout. For surfaces that do not have adequate texture, the Engineer may require corrective action including diamond grinding or shot blasting. Give a carpet drag, burlap drag, or broom finish to all concrete surfaces to be overlaid when the plans call for a concrete overlay (CO) to be placed on the slab (new construction). Saw -grooving is not required in this case. Provide an average texture depth for the finish of approximately 0.035 in. with no individual test falling below 0.020 in., unless otherwise shown on the plans, when tested in accordance with Tex-436-A. Revise finishing procedures to produce the desired texture if the texture depth falls below what is intended. Give all concrete surfaces to be covered a lightly textured broom or carpet drag finish when the plans require an asphalt seal, with or without overlay, on the slab (new construction). Provide an average texture depth of approximately 0.025 in. when tested in accordance with Tex-436-A. 5. MEASUREMENT Reinforced concrete slabs or decks on girders, beams, slab beams, double-T beams, or box beams placed under this Item will be measured by the square foot of slab surface area using the nominal dimensions and configuration shown on the plans. Transverse measurement will be made from outer edge of slab to outer edge of slab (including raised median and sidewalk sections). Longitudinal measurement will be made between ends of units or spans. Diaphragms, haunch concrete, reinforcement, and optional steel diaphragms will be considered as a portion of the slab unless otherwise shown. An estimated quantity for the 14 422 haunch between the slab and beams will be included for the Contractor's information only. No measurement will be made during construction for variation in the amount of haunch concrete due to variations in camber of the beams. Approach slabs and cast -in -place superstructure elements including flat slabs, slab and girder units (pan formed), and shear keys will be measured by the cubic yard. For slab and girder spans using pan forms, a quantity will be included for the screed setting required to provide proper camber in the roadway surface after form removal. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustment of quantities is required. The quantities of concrete and reinforcing steel shown on the plans are based on a conventionally formed slab. These quantities include amounts for concrete diaphragms, brackets and other required attachments, and haunch concrete when required, based on the profile grade, theoretical camber, and dead load deflection of the beams. No additional measurement will be made for concrete or reinforcing steel due to a variation in camber of the beams from theoretical camber, or for additional quantities required by optional methods of forming. Additional concrete that may be required by an adjustment of the profile grade line during construction, to ensure proper slab thickness, will not be measured for payment. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for the various superstructure elements specified. This price is full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing, and finishing concrete; furnishing and placing reinforcing steel; grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains and expansion joint material (except where specifically furnished under another Item); furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; forms (removable and permanent) and falsework; prestressed concrete panels; furnishing and placing concrete and reinforcement for raised medians, sidewalks, sign mounts, luminaire brackets, and other concrete appurtenances; removing designated portions of existing slab; cleaning, bending, and cutting exposed existing reinforcing steel; welding reinforcing steel; doweling; cleaning and preparing concrete surfaces; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Price will be adjusted in accordance with Section 421.6., "Measurement and Payment," when required to address non-compliance of project acceptance testing. Diaphragm concrete will not be paid for directly but is subsidiary to the slab unless otherwise shown on the plans. Structural steel, anchor bolts, armor joints, sealed expansion joints, rail (including the concrete parapet portion), and concrete median barrier will be measured and paid for in accordance with pertinent bid items. In addition to the work described above, for extending structures the unit prices bid is full compensation for removing and disposing of the designated portion of the existing structure; removing, stockpiling and replacing headwall units for reuse; cleaning, bending, and cutting of exposed reinforcing steel; splicing or welding of new reinforcing steel to existing reinforcing steel; installation of dowels; and cleaning and preparing existing concrete surfaces. 15 423 Item 423 Retaining Walls 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish, construct, and install retaining walls. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. General. Furnish materials in accordance with the following: ■ Item 420, "Concrete Substructures," ■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," ■ Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," ■ Item 445, "Galvanizing," ■ Item 458, "Waterproofing Membranes for Structures," and ■ Item 556, "Pipe Underdrains." Texas Oepartmenf of Transporfafion Use concrete for retaining walls that conforms to the requirements of Table 1 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Table 1 Concrete for Retaining Walls Application Concrete Cast -in -place, non -reinforced Class A Cast -in -place, reinforced Class C Precast Class H, fc = 4,000 psi Furnish concrete for machine -made concrete block units in accordance with ASTM C90, Class 1, Type II, except the minimum 28-day compressive strength must be 4,000 psi with maximum moisture absorption of 7%. Provide Type 1 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200, "Filter Fabric." Provide filter fabric rated as UV - resistant when used as part of the exposed facing for a temporary wall. Joint fillers, pads, waterstops, and other incidental materials must be as shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer. Epoxy coat all steel used in concrete panels and coping including connectors, dowels, stirrups, and reinforcing steel when the plans call for epoxy coating of steel earth reinforcements. 2.2. Definitions. This Item uses the following terms: ■ Permanent Wall. A retaining wall with a design service life of 75 years. All walls are presumed to be permanent walls unless otherwise specified on the plans. ■ Temporary Wall. A retaining wall so designated by description, with a design service life of 3 years. ■ Mechanically Stabilized Earth (MSE) Wall. A wall consisting of a volume of select backfill with tensile earth reinforcement elements distributed throughout. Permanent MSE walls use a precast concrete panel as a facing element. Temporary MSE walls use welded wire fabric with filter fabric backing as a facing element. ■ Concrete Block Wall. A retaining wall that uses machine -made, precast concrete block units as facing elements. The walls may use a volume of select fill with tensile earth reinforcements distributed throughout, or may use only the facing unit and unit fill weight for support. 423 2.3. Fabrication. 2.3.1. Cast -in -Place. Meet Item 420, "Concrete Substructures." 2.3.2. Formed Precast. Meet Item 424, `Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)." 2.3.3. Machine -Made Precast. Furnish machine -made concrete block units in accordance with ASTM C90, sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C140. Furnish units with molded dimensions within 1/8 in. of specified dimensions, except height must be within 1/16 in. 2.4. Backfill. 2.4.1. Non -Select. Furnish non -select backfill for walls other than temporary and permanent MSE and concrete block walls as indicated on the plans. Non -select fill will meet Item 132, "Embankment," of the type specified on the plans. Provide material with a maximum plasticity index of 30 if no type is specified as determined by Tex-106-E. 2.4.2. Select. Select backfill is required in specific areas of permanent and temporary MSE and concrete block -type retaining walls. Provide select backfill that is free from organic or otherwise deleterious materials and that conforms to the gradation limits shown in Table 2 as determined by Tex-401-A. Provide backfill that does not contain shale, caliche, or other soft, poor -durability coarse aggregate particles. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) is not allowed. Crushed Concrete or manufactured sand is allowed for temporary walls with a service life of 3 years or less. Test each source of backfill for durability/soundness using Tex-411-A, 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness. Backfill material with a maximum 5-cycle soundness loss exceeding 25% will be rejected. Alternately, Tex-461-A, Micro-Deval abrasion may be used if the corresponding results show loss is not greater than 20%, otherwise Tex-411-A governs aggregate verification. Type AS, BS, and IDS particles larger than 1/4 in. must be angular or completely crushed. Provide mechanically crushed gravel or stone backfill. Gravel from each aggregate source will have a minimum of 95% two or more mechanically induced crushed faces, as Tex-460-A, Part I determines. Rounded rock or rounded gravel is not allowed. Natural sand meeting the requirements of this Section is permitted for use. Table 2 Select Backfill Gradation Limits Type Sieve Size Percent Retained 3" 0 1/2" 50-100 AS #4 See Note #40 85-100 #200 95-100 3" 0 BS #4 See Note #40 40-100 #200 85-100 3" 0 CS #4 See Note #200 75-100 3" 0 IDS 3/8" 85-100 #200 95-100 Note —Use No. 4 sieve for determination of rock backfill as described in this main paragraph, 'Backfill." When the backfill gradation results in 85% or more material retained on the No. 4 sieve, the backfill will be considered rock backfill. All Type IDS backfill is considered rock backfill. 423 In addition to the requirements for Type CS select fill, the fraction finer than the No. 200 sieve must have a Plasticity Index (PI) in accordance with Tex-106-E not greater than 6. Furnish Type BS backfill for permanent walls; Type CS backfill for temporary walls; and Type IDS backfill for areas of walls subject to inundation unless otherwise shown on the plans, or below the 100-year flood elevation as noted on the plans. Furnish backfill meeting the requirements of this Section but with a maximum particle size of 3/4 in. when nonmetallic or epoxy coated earth reinforcements are used. 2.4.3. Drainage Aggregate. Use drainage aggregate to fill the void within concrete block units and in the zone 1 ft. behind the units. Provide drainage aggregate that is free from organic or otherwise deleterious materials and that conforms to the gradation limits in Table 3 as Tex-110-E determines. Table 3 Drainage Aggregate Gradation Limits Sieve Size Percent Retained 1" 0 3/4" 25-50 1 /2" 50-100 #4 75-100 2.4.4. Cement -Stabilized Backfill. Use cement -stabilized backfill when required or as approved. Stabilize Type CS backfill with 5% hydraulic cement by dry weight of the backfill material. Use a stationary plant to thoroughly mix the backfill material, cement, and water. Place and compact the backfill within 2 hours of mixing. Provide special drainage provisions when cement -stabilized backfill is used, as shown on the plans. 2.4.5. Electrochemical. Provide backfill meeting the following additional requirements for permanent retaining wall systems using galvanized metallic earth reinforcements: ■ The pH is between 5.5 and 10.0 as Tex-128-E determines. ■ Resistivity is more than 3,000 ohm -cm as Tex-129-E determines. ■ Material with resistivity between 1,500 and 3,000 ohm -cm may be used if the chloride content is less than 100 ppm and the sulfate content is less than 200 ppm as Tex-620-J determines. Perform electrochemical testing on the raw, unstabilized backfill material when cement -stabilized backfill is used. 2.5. Earth Reinforcements. Furnish earth reinforcements that meet the design requirements. Galvanize or epoxy coat all steel elements for permanent walls in contact with soil. Epoxy coat in accordance with Item 440, 'Reinforcement for Concrete," except provide a minimum 18-mil coating thickness. Epoxy coat the reinforcing only when shown on the plans or as approved. Use connection hardware that is likewise nonmetallic or epoxy coated when using nonmetallic or epoxy coated earth reinforcements. 3. CONSTRUCTION 3.1. General. Construct retaining walls in accordance with details shown on the plans, on the approved working drawings, and to the pertinent requirements of the following Items: ■ Item 110, "Excavation" ■ Item 132, "Embankment' ■ Item 400, "Excavation and Backfill for Structures" ■ Item 420, "Concrete Substructures" ■ Item 458, "Waterproofing Membranes for Structures" ■ Item 556, "Pipe Underdrains" Construct required piling or drilled shafts in accordance with the pertinent specification. 423 3.2. Options. When optional design details are shown on the plans, the Contractor is required to use the same facing design within an area of continuous retaining walls. Provide drawings for review indicating the proposed design arrangement when proposing the use of 2 or more systems. 3.3. Working Drawings. When proprietary wall systems are used for permanent or temporary walls, submit casting drawings, construction drawings, and design calculations bearing the seal of a licensed professional engineer for review and approval following the Department's Guide to Electronic Shop Drawing Submittal process. Upon completion of construction, submit a set of reproducible as -built drawings. 3.3.1. Casting Drawings. Include all information necessary for casting wall elements, including railing and coping when prefabricated. Show shape and dimensions of panels; size, quantity, and details of the reinforcing steel; quantity, type, size, and details of connection and lifting hardware; and additional necessary details. 3.3.2. Construction Drawings. Include a numbered panel layout showing horizontal and vertical alignment of the walls as well as the existing and proposed groundlines. Include all information needed to erect the walls, including the proposed leveling pad elevations; the type and details of the soil reinforcing system (if applicable); the details and manufacturer of all pads, fillers, and filter fabric; the limits and dimensions of structural backfill; details necessary to incorporate coping, railing, inlets, drainage, and electrical conduit; and additional necessary details. Leveling pad elevations may vary from the elevations shown on the plans. Provide at least 1 ft. of cover from the top of the leveling pad to finish grade unless a different minimum cover or a specified minimum leveling pad elevation is shown. 3.3.3. Design Calculations. Include calculations covering the range of heights and loading conditions on the project. Calculations for both internal and external stability as described on the plans will be required. Include a summary of all design parameters used; material types, strength values, and assumed allowables; loads and loading combinations; and factor -of -safety parameters. 3.4. Permanent MSE Walls. Grade the foundation for the structure level to a width equal or exceeding the length of the reinforcing system. Perform proof rolling on retaining wall foundation area to identify any loose, soft, or unsuitable materials in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling." Material not meeting a maximum rut depth of 1 in. per pass of pneumatic tire roller should continue to be rolled or removed and replaced with suitable material. Pneumatic tire rolling will be waived for portions of wall with a reinforcement length of 8'; for these conditions proof rolling will be required with a smooth -wheeled vibratory roller or other approved roller. Place drilled shafts and piling located within the MSE volume before construction of the wall. Place any required pipe underdrain before construction of the wall. Complete MSE wall construction before construction of abutment caps and abutment wing walls. Completion of walls and abutment should be in conjunction with project phasing or to allow for completion of walls that meets the proper placement and compaction at abutments. Place the concrete leveling pad as shown on the construction drawings. Provide a wood float finish, and wait a minimum of 24 hr. before beginning panel erection. No curing or strength testing of the leveling pad concrete is required. Shim the first row of panels as necessary to achieve correct alignment. Use plastic shims or other material that will not deteriorate. Remove and replace the leveling pad or provide a grout level -up as directed if the required shim height exceeds 1 in. Place filter fabric behind the wall along the joint between the leveling pad and the panels. Grout areas where filter fabric spans more than 6 in. at leveling pad steps. 423 Place and compact fill material over the leveling pad to an elevation even with or above the surrounding ground after backfilling the first row of panels. Do not allow water to accumulate and stand at the base of the wall. Place filter fabric behind all wall joints and at the intersection of retaining walls with other structures, including riprap. Cover joints at least 6 in. on each side and use adhesive to hold the filter fabric in place. Exercise care while lifting, setting, and aligning panels to prevent damage to the panels. Discontinue any operation that results in chipping, spalling, or cracking of panels. Remove and replace damaged panels, or repair as approved by the Engineer. Provide external bracing for the initial row of panels. Use wooden wedges, clamps, or other means necessary to maintain position and stability of panels during placement and compaction of backfill. Remove wooden wedges as soon as the panel or coping above the wedged element is erected and backfilled. Remove all wedges after completing the wall. Review plumbness and position of each row of panels before placing the subsequent row. Remove and rebuild any portion of the wall that is out of tolerance. Modify panel batter and bracing, and backfill material, placement, and compaction methods as required to maintain wall tolerances. Construct walls to a local vertical and horizontal alignment tolerance of 3/4 in. when measured along a 10-ft. straightedge relative to vertical and horizontal wall control line. Construct walls to an overall vertical tolerance (plumbness from top to bottom) of 1/2 in. per 10 ft. of wall height. Construct walls so the maximum offset at any panel joint is between 3/8 in. and 3/4 in. and no joint is open to the extent the filter fabric is visible from the front of the wall. Place backfill to closely follow the erection of each row of panels. Place the select and embankment backfill to the same elevation where possible, and operate the compaction equipment over the interface. Do not create a continuous, distinct, vertical joint between the select and embankment backfill. Complete the embankment after construction of the retaining wall. Maintain the stability of the interface area between the existing ground and the select fill when building a wall against existing ground. Remove and recompact any material that loosens, caves, or fails. Compact backfill to provide at least 95% of density determined in accordance with Tex-114-E. Field density determination will be made in accordance with Tex-115-E. Sprinkle backfill as required to ensure adequate uniformly distributed moisture in each lift before and during compaction. Place fill in lifts of 8 in. or less (loose measurement). Place fill in a manner that avoids segregation of the fill. Decrease the lift thickness if necessary to obtain the required compaction. Use hand - operated or walk -behind compaction equipment in the 3 ft. wide strip adjacent to the wall panels. Do not displace panels or distort or damage the reinforcement system during compaction. Modify backfill material, placement, and compaction methods as necessary to meet density requirements while maintaining wall tolerances. Place rock backfill or material the Engineer determines too coarse for density testing in accordance with Section 132.3.4.1., "Ordinary Compaction." Place and compact the backfill to the reinforcement level, at each earth reinforcement level, before placing the reinforcement. Place earth reinforcements perpendicular to the face of the wall. Remove slack in connections before placing backfill. Pre -tension each layer of reinforcement to remove slack before placing backfill for systems using nonmetallic earth reinforcements. Use devices capable of mechanically applying and holding the required force. Do not operate tracked equipment directly on any reinforcement. Cover the rock backfill with filter fabric before placing the 2 ft. of backfill immediately below the pavement structure or top of wall when rock backfill is used. Overlap the fabric at least 18 in. at splices, and extend it past the edge of the rock backfill at least 18 in. Use backfill that contains sufficient fines to fill the voids in a 423 compacted state above the filter fabric. Place a horizontal layer of filter fabric as noted above when transitioning from rock backfill to finer grained backfill anywhere within the wall volume. Prevent surface water or rainwater from damaging the retaining walls during construction. Shape the backfill to prevent water from ponding or flowing on the backfill or against the wall face. Remove and replace any portion of the retaining wall damaged or moved out of tolerance by erosion, sloughing, or saturation of the retaining wall or embankment backfill. 3.5. Temporary MSE Walls. Provide a facing system rigid enough to maintain a smooth and straight wall face both during and after construction. Grade and compact the foundation for the structure as described in Section 423.3.4., "Permanent MSE Walls." Place earth reinforcement and facing system in accordance with the approved working drawings. Backfill the 24 zone immediately behind the facing with clean, coarse rock meeting the requirements of Coarse Aggregate Grade 1, 2, or 3 of Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," or of Type IDS backfill as described in Section 423.2.4.2., "Select." Cement -stabilized backfill as described in Section 423.2.4.4., "Cement - Stabilized Backfill," may be used in place of the coarse rock. Place and compact backfill in accordance with Section 423.3.4., "Permanent MSE Walls." Construct walls to a vertical and horizontal alignment tolerance of 3 in. when measured along a 10-ft. straightedge. Construct walls to an overall vertical tolerance (plumbness from top to bottom) of 2 in. per 10 ft. of wall height. Place adjacent facing elements so the maximum out -of -plane offset at any facing element joint is less than 1 in. Place facing elements and filter fabric with no gaps in the facing or fabric. Prevent surface water or rainwater from damaging the retaining walls during and after construction. Place temporary berms or curbs, shape the backfill, or use other approved methods to prevent water from flowing against or over the wall face. Remove and replace any portion of the wall damaged or moved out of tolerance by erosion, sloughing, or saturation of the retaining wall or embankment backfill. 3.6. Concrete Block Retaining Walls. The concrete block units may be sampled and tested by the Engineer before shipment or upon delivery to the construction site. Display for approval, samples of block units indicating the color, texture, and finish. Store, transport, and handle all block units carefully to prevent cracking or damage. Grade and compact the foundation for the structure, and place the leveling pad as described in Section 423.3.4., "Permanent MSE Walls." Place the concrete block facing units in accordance with the approved working drawings. Fill the voids within the units and fill the 1-ft. zone immediately behind the facing with drainage aggregate as described in Section 423.2.4.3., "Drainage Aggregate." Systems tested without unit fill may omit the fill as indicated on the approved drawings. Systems with approved filter fabric details may omit the drainage aggregate in the 1-ft. zone immediately behind the facing. Place reinforcements and backfill for walls using earth reinforcements in accordance with the requirements of Section 423.3.4., "Permanent MSE Walls." Pay particular attention to the connection details of the earth reinforcements to the concrete block units. Construct walls to a vertical and horizontal alignment tolerance of 1-112 in. when measured along a 10-ft. straightedge. Construct walls to an overall vertical tolerance (deviation from the vertical or battered control line, top to bottom) of 1 in. per 10 feet of wall height. Place adjacent facing elements so the maximum out -of - plane offset at any facing element joint is less than 1 in. Place facing elements with maximum 1/4-in. gaps between block units. 423 Prevent surface water or rainwater from damaging the retaining walls during construction. Shape the backfill to prevent water from ponding or flowing on the backfill or against the wall face. Remove and replace all portions of the retaining wall damaged or moved out of tolerance by erosion, sloughing, or saturation of the retaining wall or embankment backfill. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the square foot of the front surface area of the wall. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the area will be measured from 1 ft. below finished grade of the ground line on the face of the exterior wall to the top of the wall including any coping required (not including railing). This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Retaining Walls" of the type or special surface finish specified. This price is full compensation for excavation in back of retaining walls and for footings; furnishing and placing footings, leveling pads, copings, and traffic railing foundations; furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill (except in embankment areas), including cement for stabilization; proof rolling; furnishing and placing concrete, reinforcing steel, waterproofing material, filter material and drain pipe, joint material, water stop, and filter fabric when required; fabricating, curing, and finishing all panels; furnishing and placing earth reinforcement, anchorage systems, and fasteners; wall erection; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Retaining wall backfill areas that are also in embankment areas will be considered part of the quantities measured and paid for under Item 132, "Embankment." When drilled shafts are required, they will be measured and paid for as specified in Item 416, "Drilled Shaft Foundations." When piling is required, it will be measured and paid for as specified on the plans for piling of the appropriate type. 425 Item 425 Texas Precast Prestressed Concrete Structural Members Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and erect precast prestressed concrete members fabricated by pre -tensioning, post -tensioning, or a combination of the two. 2. MATERIALS Use materials that meet requirements of the following Items. ■ Item 420, "Concrete Substructures," ■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," ■ Item 426, "Post -Tensioning," ■ Item 427, "Surface Finishes for Concrete," ■ Item 434, "Bridge Bearings," ■ Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," ■ Item 442, "Metal For Structures," ■ Item 445, "Galvanizing," ■ Item 448, "Structural Field Welding," ■ DMS-4650, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation Retardants," and ■ DMS-7300, "Precast Concrete Fabrication Plants." 2.1. Prestressing Hardware. Furnish prestressing hardware that meets the manufacturer's specifications. 2.2. Concrete. Furnish concrete of the class shown on the plans. 2.3. Prestressing Steel. Furnish prestressing steel conforming to one of the following types: ■ 7-wire steel strand meeting DMS-4500, "Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress Relieved and Low Relaxation for Prestressed Concrete," ■ alloy bars meeting ASTM A722, or ■ steel wire meeting ASTM A421. Maintain copies of the manufacturer's certified Domestic Certification Form D-9-PS-1 for 7-wire steel strand and supply to the Department upon request. Use 7-wire steel strand produced by a prequalified manufacturer on the list maintained by the Construction Division. The Department may take samples in accordance with Tex-710-1 to verify compliance with specification requirements. Assign an individual lot number to all bars from each size and heat, all wire from each coil, and all strand from each reel, and tag the material for accurate identification at the jobsite. Identify each lot of anchorage assemblies and couplers in a similar manner. Unidentified prestressing steel, anchorage assemblies, or couplers received at the site will be rejected. Loss of positive identification of these items at any time will be cause for rejection. 2.4. Post -Tensioning System. Furnish post -tensioning system as required by Item 426, "Post -Tensioning" and as shown on the plans. 425 3. CONSTRUCTION. Fabricate precast prestressed concrete members in accordance with Item 424, 'Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)." Fabricate railroad structures in accordance with the latest AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering and Item 424, `Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)." In the case of a conflict between the AREMA manual and Item 424, `Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)," the more stringent requirements apply. 3.1. Handling, Storing, Hauling, and Erection of Precast Prestressed Concrete Members. Properly handle, store, haul, and erect all members so that they are placed in the structure in a manner to avoid excessive bending stresses and without damage. Lift members with approved lifting devices as shown on the shop drawings or as approved. Maintain beams in an upright position at all times, and raise and support them near the ends to prevent torsion unless approved on shop or erection drawings. Do not move members from the casting yard until all requirements of the pertinent Items have been met. Haul beams to the project site after at least 7 days have elapsed since casting unless otherwise approved The storage area must be clean and well drained. Prevent excessive or differential settlement of members by storing on: ■ stable ground and ■ dunnage of sufficient size, shape, and strength to prevent crushing. Place dunnage a distance no more than 3% of the beam length from the beam ends. When approved, cantilever beams may be supported at locations other than near the ends. Support concrete box beams and U-beams under the solid end block area during handling, storage, hauling, and erection. Separate members with blocking arranged in vertical planes that will not crush under load when members are stacked. Stack members so lifting devices are accessible and undamaged. Use dunnage or blocking material that will not damage or stain the required finish. Rearrange improperly stored members and inspect them for damage. Members that are improperly stored and become cracked, warped, or otherwise damaged in storage may be rejected. Securely tie or brace all beams during erection in accordance with minimum erection and bracing standards. Protect traffic against falling objects during the erection of diaphragms and other structural members, during the placing of cast -in -place concrete, and during the erection and dismantling of forms when railroad or roadway traffic must be maintained beneath beams already placed. Protect traffic with nets or flooring with openings not larger than 1 in. or as approved. Fit mating surfaces to prevent excessive grout leakage when erecting precast prestressed concrete bridge deck panels. Fill the joint with grout or seal it with an acceptable caulking compound before placing the cast - in -place portion of the slab if such fit is not provided. Finish surfaces of beams or other members after slab placement in accordance with Section 420.4.13., "Ordinary Surface Finish," and Item 427, "Surface Finishes for Concrete." Correct beam discrepancies including, but not limited to horizontal misalignment or variations in vertical camber, to achieve a satisfactory completed structure at no additional expense to the Department. Correction may require replacement of the member. 3.2. Packaging, Storing, and Handling of Prestressing Steel. Protect prestressing steel against physical damage and rust or other results of corrosion, from manufacture to grouting or encasing in concrete. Prestressing steel with physical damage will be rejected. Replace any reel containing broken wires. Provide wire that is bright and uniformly colored, without foreign matter or pitting on the surface. 425 Package prestressing steel in containers or shipping forms for protection from physical damage and corrosion during shipping and storage. A corrosion inhibitor must be: ■ placed in the package or form, ■ incorporated in a corrosion inhibitor carrier type packaging material, or ■ applied directly to the steel when permitted. The corrosion inhibitor must not have deleterious effect on the steel, concrete, or bond strength of steel to concrete. Inhibitor carrier -type packaging material must conform to the provisions of federal specification MIL PRF 3420G. Immediately replace damaged packaging or forms, or restore them to original condition. Have the shipping package or form clearly marked with the corrosion inhibitor type, packaging date, and a statement that the package contains high -strength prestressing steel. Handle prestressing steel carefully to avoid abrading, nicking, or kinking the strand, bar, or wire. Protect prestressing steel from damage and corrosion by storing it above the ground on platforms, skids, or other approved supports. Any pitting or tightly adhering rust on prestressing steel will be cause for rejection of the steel. Do not weld or torch -cut near any prestressing steel, so that it is not exposed to weld spatter, direct heat, or short-circuited current flow. When prestressing steel for post -tensioning is installed in the ducts, any rust that forms during the first 14 days after installation will not be cause for rejection of the steel. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot, square foot, square yard, cubic yard, or each member. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., `Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurement or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Prestressed Concrete" of the specified structural component and type or size. This price is full compensation for fabricating, hauling, and erection of the members; furnishing and tensioning of prestressing steel; furnishing and placing reinforcing steel and duct; furnishing and placing bearing plates, elastomeric bearings, bars, anchorage plates, and appurtenances; grouting holes; repairs; special treatment of end anchorages and shoes as required; erection bracing; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Precast prestressed concrete bridge deck panels will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. Precast prestressed concrete piling will be paid for as specified in Item 409, "Prestressed Concrete Piling." No additional compensation will be made for alternate designs or for any increase in quantities required to accommodate alternate designs, including quantities paid for under other Items. 432 Item 432 Riprap DESCRIPTION Furnish and place concrete, stone, cement -stabilized, or special riprap. 2. MATERIALS Furnish materials in accordance with the following Items. ■ Item 420, "Concrete Substructures," ■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," ■ Item 431, "Pneumatically Placed Concrete," ■ Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," and ■ DMS-6200, "Filter Fabric." 2.1. Concrete Riprap. Use Class B Concrete unless otherwise shown on the plans. Texas Oepartmenf of Transporfafion 2.2. Pneumatically Placed Concrete Riprap. Use Class II concrete that meets Item 431, "Pneumatically Placed Concrete," unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2.3. Stone Riprap. Use durable natural stone with a bulk specific gravity of at least 2.50 as determined by Tex-403-A unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide stone that, when tested in accordance with Tex-411-A, has weight loss of no more than 18% after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution. Perform a size verification test on the first 5,000 sq. yd. of finished riprap stone for all types of stone riprap at a location determined by the Engineer. Test the riprap stone in accordance with ASTM D5519. Additional tests may be required. Do not place additional riprap until the initial 5,000 sq. yd. of riprap has been approved. Provide grout or mortar in accordance with Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," when specified. Provide grout with a consistency that will flow into and fill all voids. Provide filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200, "Filter Fabric." Provide Type 2 filter fabric for protection stone riprap unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide Type 2 filter fabric for Type R, F, or Common stone riprap when shown on the plans. 2.3.1. Type R. Use stones between 50 and 250 lb. with at least 50% of the stones heavier than 100 lb. 2.3.2. Type F. Use stones between 50 and 250 Ib. with at least 40% of the stones heavier than 100 lb. Use stones with at least 1 broad flat surface. 2.3.3. Common. Use stones between 50 and 250 lb. Use stones that are at least 3 in. in their least dimension. Use stones that are at least twice as wide as they are thick. When shown on the plans or approved, material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources. Cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces before placement of each piece of broken concrete. 2.3.4. Protection. Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be at least 1/3 of the length. When shown on the plans or as approved, material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources. Cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces before placement of each piece of broken 432 concrete. Determine gradation of the finished, in -place, riprap stone under the direct supervision of the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D5519. Table 1 In -Place Protec ion Riprap Gradation Requirements Size Maximum Size 90% Size' 50% Size2 8% Size3 (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) Minimum (lb.) 12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3 15in. 320 170-300 60-165 20 18 in. 530 290475 105-220 22 21 in. 800 460-720 175-300 25 24 in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30 30 in. 2,600 1,150-2,250 400-900 40 1. Defined as that size such that 10% of the total riprap stone, by weight, is larger and 90% is smaller. 2. Defined as that size such that 50% of the total riprap stone, by weight, is larger and 50% is smaller. 3. Defined as that size such that 92% of the total riprap stone, by weight, is larger and 8% is smaller. The Engineer may require in -place verification of the stone size. Determine the in -place size of the riprap stone by taking linear transects along the riprap and measuring the intermediate axis of the stone at select intervals. Place a tape measure along the riprap and determine the intermediate axis size of the stone at 2 ft. intervals. Measure a minimum of 100 stones, either in a single transect or in multiple transects, then follow ASTM D5519 Test Procedure Part B to determine the gradation. Table 2 is a guide for comparing the stone size in inches to the stone weight shown in Table 1. Table 2 Pro ection Riprap Stone Size' Dmax D90 D50 D8 Size (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) 12 in. 13.76 10.14-13.29 7.31-9.92 3.39 15 in. 16.10 13.04-15.75 9.21-12.91 6.39 18 in. 19.04 15.58-18.36 11.10-14.21 6.59 21 in. 21.85 18.17-21.09 13.16-15.75 6.88 24 in. 23.53 19.28-22.29 13.76-16.18 7.31 30 in. 32.36 24.65-30.84 17.34-22.72 8.05 1. Based on a Specific Gravity of 2.5 and using the following equation for the intermediate axis diameter D = ((12*W)/(Gs*62.4`0.85))113 where: D = intermediate axis diameter in in.; W = weight of stone in lbs.; Gs = Specific Gravity of stone. Note —If the Specific Gravity of the stone is different than 2.5, then the above equation can be used to determine the appropriate size using the actual Specific Gravity. If required, provide bedding stone that, in -place, meets the gradation requirements shown in Table 3 or as otherwise shown on the plans. Determine the size distribution in Table 3 in accordance with ASTM D6913. Table 3 Protection Riprap Bedding Material Gradation Requirements Sieve Size (Sq. Mesh) % by Weight Passing 3" 100 1-1/2" 50-80 3/4" 20-60 #4 0-15 #10 0-5 2.4. Cement -Stabilized Riprap. Provide aggregate that meets Item 247, "Flexible Base," for the type and grade shown on the plans. Use cement -stabilized riprap with 7% hydraulic cement by dry weight of the aggregate. 2.5. Special Riprap. Furnish materials for special riprap according to the plans. 432 3. CONSTRUCTION Dress slopes and protected areas to the line and grade shown on the plans before the placement of riprap. Place riprap and toe walls according to details and dimensions shown on the plans or as directed. 3.1. Concrete Riprap. Reinforce concrete riprap with 6 X 6 — W2.9 X W2.9 welded wire fabric or with No. 3 or No. 4 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 18 in. in each direction unless otherwise shown. Alternative styles of welded wire fabric that provide at least 0.058 sq. in. of steel per foot in both directions may be used if approved. A combination of welded wire fabric and reinforcing bars may be provided when both are permitted. Provide a minimum 6-in. lap at all splices. Provide horizontal cover of at least 1 in. and no more than 3 in. at the edge of the riprap. Place the first parallel bar no more than 6 in. from the edge of concrete. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab. Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. Sprinkle or sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed as directed. All surfaces must be moist when concrete is placed. Compact and shape the concrete once it has been placed to conform to the dimensions shown on the plans. Finish the surface with a wood float after it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping to secure a smooth surface or broom finish as approved. Cure the riprap immediately after the finishing operation according to Item 420, "Concrete Substructures." 3.2. Stone Riprap. Provide the following types of stone riprap when shown on the plans: ■ Dry Riprap. Stone riprap with voids filled with only spalls or small stones. ■ Grouted Riprap. Type R, F, or Common stone riprap with voids grouted after all the stones are in place. ■ Mortared Riprap. Type F stone riprap laid and mortared as each stone is placed. Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 lb. to fill open joints and voids in stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. Place mortar or grout only when the air temperature is above 35°F. Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. Place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope unless otherwise approved. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 ft. Secure fabric with nails or pins. Use nails at least 2 in. long with washers or U-shaped pins with legs at least 9 in. long. Space nails or pins at a maximum of 10 ft. in each direction and 5 ft. along the seams. Alternative anchorage and spacing may be used when approved. 3.2.1. Type R. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1 on the Stone Riprap Standard and as shown on the plans. Place stones in a single layer with close joints so most of their weight is carried by the earth and not the adjacent stones. Place the upright axis of the stones at an angle of approximately 90' to the embankment slope. Place each course from the bottom of the embankment upward with the larger stones in the lower courses. Fill open joints between stones with spalls. Place stones to create a uniform finished top surface. Do not exceed a 6-in. variation between the tops of adjacent stones. Replace, embed deeper, or chip away stones that project more than the allowable amount above the finished surface. Prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones when the plans require Type R stone riprap to be grouted. Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place, fill the spaces between the stones with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 432 3.2.2. Type F. 3.2.2.1. Dry Placement. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Set the flat surface on a prepared horizontal earth bed, and overlap the underlying course to secure a lapped surface. Place the large stones first, roughly arranged in close contact. Fill the spaces between the large stones with suitably sized stones placed to leave the surface evenly stepped and conforming to the contour required. Place stone to drain water down the face of the slope. 3.2.2.2. Grouting. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 3 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Size, shape, and lay large flat -surfaced stones to produce an even surface with minimal voids. Place stones with the flat surface facing upward parallel to the slope. Place the largest stones near the base of the slope. Fill spaces between the larger stones with stones of suitable size, leaving the surface smooth, tight, and conforming to the contour required. Place the stones to create a plane surface with a variation no more than 6 in. in 10 ft. from true plane. Provide the same degree of accuracy for warped and curved surfaces. Prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. 3.2.2.3. Mortaring. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Lap courses as described for dry placement. Wet the stones thoroughly before placing mortar. Bed the larger stones in fresh mortar as they are being place and shove adjacent stones into contact with one another. Spread excess mortar forced out during placement of the stones uniformly over them to fill all voids completely. Point up all joints roughly either with flush joints or shallow, smooth -raked joints as directed. 3.2.3. Common. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 4 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding course. Use spalls and small stones to fill any open joints and voids in the riprap. Ensure the finished surface presents an even, tight surface, true to the line and grades of the typical sections. Prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones when the plans require grouting common stone riprap. Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place; fill the spaces between them with grout; and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. 3.2.4. Protection. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 5 on the Stone Riprap Standard. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits shown on the plans. Place stone for riprap on the filter fabric to produce a reasonably well -graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. Construct the riprap to the lines and grades shown on the plans or staked in the field. A tolerance of +6 in. and -0 in. from the slope line and grades shown on the plans is allowed in the finished surface of the riprap. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. Avoid displacing the filter fabric. Ensure the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place it by dumping it into chutes, dumping it from the top of the slope, pushing it from the top of the slope, or any method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other methods of placement that will produce the specified results. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary to obtain a reasonably well -graded distribution of stone sizes. Use the bedding thickness shown and place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well -graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids if required on the plans. 3.3. Pneumatically Placed Concrete Riprap, Class II. Meet Item 431, "Pneumatically Placed Concrete." Provide reinforcement following the details on the plans and Item 440, 'Reinforcement for Concrete." Support reinforcement with approved supports throughout placement of concrete. Give the surface a wood -float finish or a gun finish as directed. Cure the riprap with membrane -curing compound immediately after the finishing operation in accordance with Item 420, "Concrete Substructures." 432 3.4. Cement -Stabilized Riprap. Follow the requirements of the plans and the provisions for concrete riprap except when reinforcement is not required. The Engineer will approve the design and mixing of the cement - stabilized riprap. 3.5. Special Riprap. Construct special riprap according to the plans. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the cubic yard of material complete in place. Volume will be computed on the basis of the measured area in place and the thickness and toe wall width shown on the plans. If required on the plans, the pay quantity of the bedding material for stone riprap for protection to be paid for will be measured by the cubic yard as computed from the measured area in place and the bedding thickness shown on the plans. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Riprap" of the type, thickness, and void -filling technique (Dry, Grout, Mortar) specified, as applicable. This price is full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and placing riprap and for filter fabric, expansion joint material, concrete and reinforcing steel, grout and mortar, scales, test weights, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Payment for excavation of toe wall trenches, for all necessary excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, and for shaping of slopes for riprap will be included in the unit price bid per cubic yard of riprap. When bedding is required for protection stone riprap, payment will be made at the unit price for "Bedding Material' of the thickness specified. This price is full compensation for furnishing, hauling, placing, and maintaining the bedding material until placement of the riprap cover is completed and accepted; excavation required for placement of bedding material; and equipment, scales, test weights, labor, tools, and incidentals. No payment will be made for excess thickness of bedding nor for material required to replace embankment material lost by rain wash, wind erosion, or otherwise. 450 Item 450 Railing Texas Oepartmenf of Transporfafion DESCRIPTION Construct railing of concrete, steel, aluminum, or a combination of these materials, including necessary anchorage for the railing on bridges, culverts, walls, or other structures as shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Use materials that conform to requirements of the following Items. ■ Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete," ■ Item 440, "Reinforcement for Concrete," ■ Item 441, "Steel Structures," ■ Item 442, "Metal for Structures," ■ Item 445, "Galvanizing," and ■ Item 540, "Metal Beam Guard Fence." Provide an approved Type III, Class C epoxy or an epoxy of the type and class stated on the plans where epoxy anchors are allowed or required for installing drilled and epoxied rail anchorage reinforcement or rail anchor bolts in accordance with DMS-6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives." Use other materials if shown on the plans. Provide only dual cartridge epoxy systems mixed with a static mixing nozzle supplied by the epoxy adhesive manufacturer and dispensed with a tool supplied by the epoxy adhesive manufacturer. Do not use bulk epoxies. Drill and install anchorage reinforcement or anchor bolts to the embedment depth shown on the plans or the depth the manufacturer recommends, whichever is deeper. No additional payment will be made for providing embedment deeper than shown on the plans. Select an embedment depth capable of developing the yield strength of the steel anchor based on the product literature for the epoxy and steel anchor being used if no resistance or embedment depth is specified on the plans. Use 60 ksi as the yield strength for reinforcing steel. K K%]Ll1.11 WIAIIs] LI Construct railing in accordance with details, alignment, and grade designated on the plans. Do not place railing until falsework or formwork, if any, for the span has been released unless otherwise directed. Adhere to the schedule restrictions for Placing Bridge Rails and Opening to Construction Traffic in Item 422, "Concrete Superstructures." Notify the Engineer after completion of the following steps and obtain approval of work before proceeding to the next step: placing rail reinforcement and pre -pour clear cover checks. Ensure expansion joints in the railing will function properly before placing concrete. Furnish either steel or aluminum, but not both, for the entire Contract if the plans allow either steel or aluminum options for a particular railing type. Install epoxy adhesive anchorages in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions including hole size, drilling equipment and method, hole cleaning equipment and method, mixing and dispensing epoxy, and anchor insertion. Do not alter the manufacturer's mixing nozzle or dispenser. Anchorage bars or bolts must be clean and free of grease, oil, or any other foreign material. Demonstrate hole cleaning method to the Engineer for approval and continue the approved process for all anchorage locations. Do not weld to an anchor bar or anchor bolt that is anchored with epoxy adhesive. Do not expose rail to traffic until epoxy adhesive has obtained full cure in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. 450 3.1. Metal Railing. 3.1.1. General. Furnish metal beam rail elements in accordance with Item 540, "Metal Beam Guard Fence." Fabricate and erect metal railing according to the pertinent provisions of Item 441, "Steel Structures," and the requirements of this Item. Prepare and submit for approval the required shop or erection drawings in accordance with Item 441, "Steel Structures," when the plans require. Show all splice locations and details on the shop or erection drawings. Splice members only as provided on the plans. Field -weld when required in accordance with Item 448, "Structural Field Welding." 3.1.2. Fabrication. Fabricate metal railing and post panels in sections conforming to the details shown on the plans and field -verified lines and grades. Fabricate adjacent sections so they will accurately engage each other in the field. Match -mark each pair of sections so they can be erected in the same position they were fabricated. Fabricate metal rail elements included as part of the railing system to the dimensions and cross -sections shown on the plans and within a tolerance of 1/4 in. per 10 feet in the straightness of either edge. Joint and connect metal rail elements to the rail posts as shown on the plans, lapping metal rail elements in the direction of traffic in the adjacent lane. Bolts and nuts for metal railing should meet requirements of ASTM A307 and be galvanized in accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing," unless otherwise shown on the plans. Fabricate aluminum in accordance with AWS D1.2. Heat aluminum materials other than castings to a temperature up to 400oF for no more than 30 min. to facilitate bending or straightening. 3.1.3. Castings. Provide permanent mold castings of the materials specified that are true to pattern in form and dimensions and of uniform quality and condition. Castings must be free from cracks and defects such as blowholes, porosity, hard -spots, or shrinkage that could affect their suitability for use. Repair minor defects in aluminum castings by an approved inert gas -welding process. Ensure finished castings are free of burrs, fins, discoloration, and mold marks and that they have a uniform appearance and texture. Produce castings under radiographic control sufficient to establish and verify a product free from harmful internal defects. Heat-treat the entire lot of castings to the specified temper when required. Permanently mark the heat or lot number on the web or top of the base of all castings. Furnish mill test reports showing the heat or lot number, chemical composition, tensile strength, elongation, and number of pieces for each casting heat or lot. For aluminum castings, a heat or lot should consist of at least 1,000 lb. of trimmed castings when produced from batch type furnaces, or 2,000 lb. when produced from a continuous furnace during a period of no more than 8 consecutive hours. Furnish the entire number of acceptable posts cast from each heat or lot except when a portion is required to complete a project. 3.1.4. Corrosion Protection. Galvanize all portions of steel railing after fabrication in accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing," unless otherwise noted on the plans. Apply appearance coat to galvanized surface in accordance with Item 445, "Galvanizing," when shown on the plans. When painting is specified in place of galvanizing, shop paint steel in accordance with Item 441, "Steel Structures." Repair any damage to galvanized or painted surfaces after erection in accordance with Items 445, "Galvanizing," and Item 446, "Field Cleaning and Painting Steel," respectively. Before final acceptance, clean surfaces of aluminum and galvanized steel railing not shown to be painted to remove extrusion marks, grease, dirt, and all other surface contaminants. 450 3.1.5. Storage. Store railing materials above the ground on platforms, skids, or other supports, and keep them free from grease, dirt, and contact with dissimilar metals. Avoid scratching, marring, denting, discoloring, or otherwise damaging the railing. 3.2. Concrete Railing. Provide concrete portions of railing in accordance with the requirements of Item 420, "Concrete Substructures," and Item 422, "Concrete Superstructures." Construct forms so the railing line and grade can be checked after the concrete has been placed but before initial set. Do not disturb the form alignment during finish floating of the railing tops. Exercise particular care in other construction to avoid disturbing or vibrating the span with the newly placed railing. Provide precast members conforming to Item 424, "Precast Concrete Structural Members (Fabrication)." Slipform construction of railing is permitted unless otherwise shown on the plans. Demonstrate slipforming method showing line and grade of concrete surfaces can be consistently obtained and clear cover outside reinforcing steel be maintained at all times. Stop slipforming railing if specified concrete clear cover is not obtained or appearance of rail is off line and grade. Do not slipform railing with cast -in -place anchor bolts unless noted otherwise. Provide additional reinforcing as needed to prevent movement of the reinforcement cage. Clear cover and epoxy coating requirements for additional reinforcement are the same as shown for the rail reinforcement. The rail reinforcing cage may be tack welded to the rail anchorage reinforcement provided the rail and anchorage reinforcement are not epoxy coated and weld locations measured along the rail are no closer than 3 ft. Tie all bar intersections if epoxy coated reinforcement is required for the railing proposed to be slipformed. Provide a wire line to maintain vertical and horizontal alignment of the slipform machine. Attach a grade line gauge or pointer to the machine so a continuous comparison can be made between the rail being placed and the established grade line. Rails or supports at the required grade are allowed instead of sensor controls. Make one or more passes with the slipform over the rail segment to ensure proper operation and maintenance of grades and clearances before placing concrete. Provide slipformed rail within a vertical and horizontal alignment tolerance of ±114 in. per 10 feet. Construct rail with a smooth and uniform appearance. Consolidate concrete so it is free of honeycomb. Provide concrete with a consistency that will maintain the shape of the rail without support. Minimize starting and stopping of the slipform operation by ensuring a continuous supply of concrete. Do not exceed the manufacturer's recommended speed for the slipform machine. Stop slipforming and take remedial action if slipforming causes movement of the reinforcement such that plan clearances are not achieved. Remove and replace unsatisfactory slipformed rail at the Contractor's expense. 3.3. Tests. The Engineer will sample cast aluminum posts for testing in accordance with Tex-731-1 to verify the material requirements of Item 442, "Metal for Structures." Metal beam rail elements may be sampled in accordance with Tex-713-I. The Engineer may sample bolts and nuts in accordance with Tex-708-1 for galvanized coating testing. The Engineer will select 3 anchor bars or bolts from the first day's production to be tested after the epoxy has cured. Test the bars or bolts in the presence of the Engineer in accordance with ASTM E1512, using a restrained test, to evaluate the epoxy adhesive's bond strength. Verify the anchor bars or bolts develop the required pullout resistance on the plans or 75% of the yield strength of the bars or bolts, whichever is less, without a bond failure of the epoxy. The Engineer may require additional tests during production. Perform corrective measures to provide adequate capacity if any of the tests do not meet the required test load. Repair damage from testing. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot. 450 This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid for is the quantity shown in the proposal except as modified by Article 9.2., `Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Railing" of the type specified. This price will be full compensation for furnishing, preparing, and placing concrete, expansion joint material, reinforcing steel, structural steel, aluminum, cast steel, pipe, anchor bolts or bars, testing of epoxy anchors, and all other materials required in the finished railing; removal and disposal of salvageable materials; and hardware, paint and painting of metal railing, galvanizing, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 454 Item 454 Bridge Expansion Joints DESCRIPTION Furnish and install bridge expansion joints. 2. MATERIALS Provide materials in accordance with the requirements of the following Items. ■ Item 442, "Metal for Structures," ■ DMS-6140, "Polymer Concrete for Bridge Joint Systems," ■ DMS-6310, "Joint Sealants and Fillers," and ■ ASTM D5973. Texas Oepartmenf of Transporfafion Use primers recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant when required. Use backer rods compatible with the sealant that do not react or bond together. 3. CONSTRUCTION Place expansion joints to conform to the finished grade of the roadway surface. Set the joint opening at the dimension shown on the plans for 70°F, adjusted for the temperature at the time of installation. Place the seal for the full length of the joint for sealed joint openings and, when required, extend it into the parapet wall on the low side or sides of the bridge. 3.1. Sealed Expansion Joint (SEJ). Choose an approved joint system that conforms to the joint type and the design requirements shown on the plans. Secure each side of the joint by welding it to the adjacent reinforcing steel or other attachments as approved. Remove any connection holding the joint halves together immediately after each joint half is secured in place. Install the neoprene seal as a continuous piece to form a watertight seal. 3.2. Armor Joint. Place steel armor plates as shown on the plans. Secure each side of the joint by welding it to adjacent reinforcing steel or other attachments as approved. Remove any connection holding joint halves together immediately after each joint half is secured in place. Seal the joint when specified. Abrasive blast clean the vertical faces of the steel plates where the sealant will be in contact to remove all visible rust, paint, mill scale, and other forms of contamination, leaving a white metal appearance. Clean the concrete in contact with the sealant by an approved method in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications before placing sealant. After cleaning, air blast the joint to remove all dust. Place sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and as shown on the plans. Repair damage to paint protection system above the seal when shown on the plans for steel armor plates to be painted. 3.3. Header -Type Expansion Joint. Meet with the manufacturer's representative and the Engineer to discuss the required installation procedures of the materials before beginning the work. Perform the work in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and as discussed in the meeting. Additionally, the Engineer may request the presence of the manufacturer's representative for additional training if work personnel are not adequately following manufacturer's installation directions. 3.3.1. Header. Provide an approved polymer concrete from DMS-6140, "Polymer Concrete for Bridge Joint Systems." Create the required void in the concrete surface or asphalt overlay to accept the header material 454 in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Extend the depth of the void in the asphalt overlay to sound concrete. Remove any unsound steel or concrete and repair concrete in accordance with Item 429, "Concrete Structure Repair," and Item 785, "Bridge Joint Repair or Replacement." Use header material as repair material only when approved. Clean the voided region of all materials that could inhibit the bond between the header material and concrete or steel. Form the joint opening to the required width shown on the plans. Place materials once approved. Place material on a clean, sound, and dry base when the ambient temperature is at least 45°F and rising or as required by the manufacturer. Do not place material on wet substrate or when raining. Cure for the duration required by the manufacturer's data sheets before opening to traffic. Tool or grind the upper corner of the header adjacent to the opening to a 1/4-in. radius. 3.3.2. Sealant. Provide an approved Class 1 or Class 7 joint sealant from DMS-6310, "Joint Sealants and Fillers" unless otherwise shown on the plans. Clean the joint opening of forming material, existing seal, and other material that will inhibit the bond between the header material and the sealant. Abrasive blast clean surfaces in contact with the sealant. Place an approved backer rod and the sealant as shown on the plans. Place sealant primer and sealant when ambient temperature is rising and is between 557 and 857 to provide for adequate joint opening and compression of the sealant during curing. 4. MEASUREMENT Sealed expansion joints and armor joints will be measured by the foot. Header -type expansion joints will be measured by the foot or by the cubic foot of header material and foot of sealant. Length measurement will be along the centerline of the joint at the surface of the roadway and up into the parapet. Calculate volume for header -type expansion joints using the length and width shown on the plans and the header depth measured in place. Sealed expansion joints and armor joints are a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Sealed Expansion Joint" of the size (minimum total movement capacity) and designation specified, "Armor Joint," "Armor Joint (With Seal)," and "Header -Type Expansion Joint." Sealing the joint will be subsidiary to these items with the exception of the header -type expansion joint when the header is paid for by volume measurement. This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing the joint systems including steel; and for materials, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals. If volume measurement for the header material is specified, the header material will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Header -Type Expansion Joint" and the sealant will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Joint Sealant." This price is full compensation for furnishing and installing the joint systems and for materials, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals. 540 Item 540 Texas Metal Beam Guard Fence Oepartmenf of Transporfafion 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish, install, replace, or adjust metal beam guard fence consisting of metal beam rail elements, hardware, blocks, and support posts. 2. MATERIALS Provide samples of metal beam rail elements, terminal sections, bolts, and nuts for compliance testing according to Tex-708-1 and Tex-713-1 to verify physical and chemical properties meet AASHTO M 180 when directed. Obtain materials at the locations shown on the plans when the plans designate that the Department will furnish materials. 2.1. Metal Beam Rail Elements. Furnish new metal beam rail elements, transitions, anchor sections, and terminals that meet the requirements of Table 1 and are from a manufacturer on the Department's MPL of rail element manufacturers. Type I or II is required, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Base metal for metal beam rail elements must not contain more than 0.04% phosphorous or more than 0.05% sulfur. Warped or deformed rail elements will be rejected. Table 1 Rail Element Requirements Specification AASHTO M 180 Class A— Base metal nominal thickness 0.105 in. B— Base metal nominal thickness 0.135 in. I— Zinc -coated 1.80 oz. per square foot minimum single -spot. Type 11— Zinc -coated 3.60 oz. per square foot minimum single -spot. IV— Weathering Steel (required when shown on the plans). W-Beam Shape Thrie Beam W-Beam to Thrie Beam Transition Permanently mark each metal beam rail element with the information required in AASHTO M 180. In addition, permanently mark all curved Markings sections of metal beam rail element with the radius of the curved section in the format "R=XX ft." Markings must be on the back of the metal beam rail section away from traffic and visible after erection. 2.2. Posts. Furnish new round timber, rectangular timber, or rolled steel section posts in accordance with details shown on the plans and the following requirements: 2.2.1. Timber Posts. Meet the requirements of DMS-7200, "Timber Posts and Blocks for Metal Beam Guard Fence." Purchase from a manufacturer or supplier on the Department's MPL of timber treating plants and suppliers. 2.2.2. Steel Posts. Provide rolled sections conforming to the material requirements of ASTM A36. Drill or punch posts for standard rail attachment as shown on the plans. Galvanize according to Item 445, "Galvanizing." Low -fill culvert posts may be fabricated as galvanized "blanks" with the rail hole and the final height field fabricated. Treat all exposed post surfaces caused by the field fabrication in accordance with Section 445.3.5., "Repairs." 540 2.3. Blocks. Furnish new rectangular timber or composite blocks in accordance with details shown on the plans and the following requirements: 2.3.1. Timber. Meet the requirements of DMS-7200, "Timber Posts and Blocks for Metal Beam Guard Fence." Purchase from a manufacturer or supplier on the Department's MPL of timber treating plants and suppliers. 2.3.2. Composite. Meet the requirements of DMS-7210, "Composite Material Posts and Blocks for Metal Beam Guard Fence." Purchase from a manufacturer on the Department's MPL of composite material blocks and posts. 2.4. Fittings. Furnish new fittings (bolts, nuts, and washers) according to the details shown on the plans and galvanized according to Item 445, "Galvanizing." 2.5. Terminal Connectors. Furnish new terminal connectors, where required, meeting the material and galvanizing requirements specified for metal beam rail elements. 2.6. Concrete. Furnish concrete for terminal anchor posts meeting the requirements for Class A concrete as required in Item 421, "Hydraulic Cement Concrete." 2.7. Curb. If indicated in the details, furnish the curb shown with metal beam guard fence transition as required by Item 529, "Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Combined Curb and Gutter." 2.8. Terminal Anchor Posts. Furnish new terminal anchor posts from steel conforming to the material requirements of ASTM A36. Fabricate posts according to Item 441, "Steel Structures." Galvanize terminal anchor posts after fabrication according to Item 445, "Galvanizing." 2.9. Driveway Terminal Anchor Posts. Furnish new terminal anchor posts from steel conforming to the material requirements of ASTM A36. Fabricate posts according to Item 441, "Steel Structures." Galvanize terminal anchor posts after fabrication according to Item 445, "Galvanizing." 2.10. Downstream Anchor Posts. Furnish new terminal anchor posts consisting of new rectangular timber and new steel foundation tubes according to details shown on the plans. 2.11. Downstream Anchor Hardware. Furnish new hardware (brackets, plates, struts, cable, etc.) according to the details shown on the plans and galvanized according to Item 445, "Galvanizing." 2.12. Controlled Released Terminal (CRT) Posts. Furnish new CRT posts according to the details shown on the plans and conforming to the requirements of DMS-7200, "Timber Posts and Blocks for Metal Beam Guard Fence." Purchase from a manufacturer or supplier on the Department's MPL of timber treating plants and suppliers. 3. CONSTRUCTION Install posts and rail elements according to details shown on the plans. 3.1. Posts. Install posts by either drilling or driving. 3.1.1. Drilling. Drill holes and set posts plumb and firm to the line and grade shown. Backfill posts by thoroughly compacting material to the density of adjacent undisturbed material. 3.1.2. Driving. Drive posts plumb with approved power hammers (steam, compressed air, vibratory, or diesel) or gravity hammers to the line and grade shown while preventing damage to the post. Use pilot holes when required and approved. Determine the size and depth of pilot holes based on results of the first few posts driven. Thoroughly tamp loosened soil around the post, fill voids with suitable material, and thoroughly compact to the density of adjacent undisturbed material. 540 3.2. Rail Elements. Erect metal beam rail elements to produce a smooth, continuous rail paralleling the line and grade of the roadway surface or as shown on the plans. Bolt rail elements end -to -end and lap splices in the direction of traffic. Field -drill or punch holes in rail elements for special details, only when approved. 3.3. Short Radius. Special rail fabrication with a required radius must be as shown on the plans. 3.4. Terminal Anchor Posts. Embed terminal anchor posts in concrete, unless otherwise shown on the plans. 3.5. Galvanizing Repair. Repair all parts of galvanized steel posts, washers, bolts, and rail elements after erection where galvanizing has become scratched, chipped, or otherwise damaged. Repair in accordance with Section 445.3.5., "Repairs." 3.6. Guardrail Adjustment. Work includes vertical adjustment, horizontal shift, and overlap of the rail element to meet the detail shown on the plans. 3.7. Curb. If indicated in the details, construct the curb shown with metal beam guard fence transition as required by Item 529, "Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Combined Curb and Gutter." 3.8. Driveway Terminal Anchor Posts. Embed terminal anchor posts in concrete, unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4. MEASUREMENT 4.1. Guard Fence. Measurement will be by the foot of fence. Fence will be measured on the face of the rail in place, from center -to -center of end splice locations. 4.2. Terminal Anchor Sections. Measurement will be by each section, complete in place, consisting of a terminal anchor post and one 25-ft. section of rail element. 4.3. Transitions. Transitions for rail connection will be measured by each transition. 4.4. Short Radius. Measurement will be by the foot to the nearest whole foot along the face of the rail in place, from beginning of radius (first CRT post) to the end of radius. 4.5. Driveway Terminal Anchor Section. Measurement will be by each section, complete in place, consisting of a driveway terminal anchor post and one 6-ft. section of rail element. 4.6. Downstream Anchor Terminal. Measurement will be by each section, complete in place, consisting of one W-Beam end section, 2 downstream anchor posts, and one rail section. 4.7. Long Span System. Measurement will be by the foot of fence. Fence will be measured on the face of the rail, in place, between the first CRT and last CRT posts in the system. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and material furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid at the unit price bid for "Metal W-Beam Guard Fence" of the post type specified; "Metal Thrie Beam Guard Fence" of the post type specified; `Terminal Anchor Section"; "Metal Beam Guard Fence Transition" of the type specified; "Metal W-Beam Guard Fence Adjustment'; "Metal Thrie Beam Guard Fence Adjustment; "Terminal Anchor Section Adjustment; "Transition Adjustment; "Short Radius"; "Driveway Terminal Anchor Section; "Downstream Anchor Terminal; or "Metal Beam Guard Fence (Long Span System)." When weathering steel is required, Type IV will be specified. Samples furnished to the Department for testing purposes, special backfill materials, and concrete curbs will not be paid directly but are subsidiary to this Item. 540 5.1. Guard Fence. The price bid for "Metal W-Beam Guard Fence" or "Metal Thrie Beam Guard Fence" is full compensation for materials, hauling, erection, setting posts in concrete, blocks, driving posts, excavating, backfilling, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.2. Terminal Anchor Section. When a separate bid item is specified, the price bid for "Terminal Anchor Section" is full compensation for furnishing the rail element, anchor assembly, terminal anchor post, and foundations; installing the rail element anchor assembly and the terminal anchor post and foundations; excavation and backfilling; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.3. Transition. The price bid for "Metal Beam Guard Fence Transition" is full compensation for furnishing nested sections of Thrie Beam; nested sections of W-Beam; Thrie Beam to W-Beam transitional rail piece, posts, concrete, curb, and connections to W-Beam guard fence and bridge rails; Thrie Beam terminal connectors; excavation and backfilling; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.4. Guardrail Adjustment. The price bid for "Metal W-Beam Guard Fence Adjustment," "Metal Thrie Beam Guard Fence Adjustment," `Terminal Anchor Section Adjustment," and "Transition Adjustment' is full compensation for furnishing materials not supplied by the Department, drilling holes in posts, hauling, erection, blocks, excavation, backfill, cleaning, salvaging materials, setting rail element anchor assembly and terminal anchor post, removal of rail element, concrete, curb, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.5. Short Radius. The price bid for "Short Radius" is full compensation for furnishing special rail fabricated metal beam guard fence, CRT posts, steel posts, sand barrels, end terminal, cable anchor, materials, hauling, erection, blocks, driving posts, excavating, backfilling, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.6. Driveway Terminal Anchor Section. The price bid for "Driveway Terminal Anchor Section" is full compensation for furnishing the rail element, driveway anchor assembly, driveway terminal anchor post, and foundations; installing the rail element anchor assembly and the driveway terminal anchor post and foundations; excavation and backfilling; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.7. Downstream Anchor Terminal. The price bid for "Downstream Anchor Terminal' is full compensation for furnishing the rail element, W-Beam end section, guardrail anchor bracket, shelf angle bracket, channel strut, downstream anchor posts, breakaway cable terminal (BCT) cable anchor assembly, and foundations; installing the BCT cable anchor assembly and the downstream anchor post and foundations; excavation and backfilling; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 5.8. Long Span System. The price bid for "Metal Beam Guard Fence (Long Span System)" is full compensation for furnishing the rail element, CRT posts, materials, hauling, erection, blocks, driving posts, excavating, backfilling, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Water, Sewer, Paving, and Drainage Improvements to Serve Cinnamon Creek Industrial STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN: 104589 Revised March 20, 2020 FORT WORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/07/2023 Note: All water or sewer pipe larger than 1S inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. Approval IModel INational Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Components 33-39-10 (Rev 2/3/16) ` 07/23/97 33 05 13 Urethane Hydrophilic Waterstop Asahi Kogyo K.K. Adeka Ultra -Seal P-201 ASTM D2240/D412/1)792 04/26/00 33 05 13 Offset Joint for 4' Diam. MH Hanson Concrete Products Drawing No. 35-0048-001 04/26/00 33 05 13 Profile Gasket for 4' Diam. MIR. Press -Seal Gasket Corp. 250-4G Gasket ASTM C-443/C-361 SS MH 1126199 33 05 13 HOPE Manhole Adjustment Rings Ladtech, Inc HDPE Adjustment Ring Traffic and Non -traffic area 5/13/05 33 05 13 Manhole External Wrap Canusa - CPS WrapidSeal Manhole Encapsulation System er - Manholes & Bases/Fiberelass 33-39-13 (1/8/13 1/26/99 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole Fluid Containment, Inc. Flowti[e ASTM 3153 Non -traffic area 08/30/06 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole L.F. Manufacturing Non -traffic area 1 j Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Rectammlar 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) 1 * 33 05 13 (Manholc Frames and Covers Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 1001 24"x40" WE) Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard Boundl 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 30024 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. A 24 AM 24" Dia. 1 08/24/18 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1272 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 24" Dia. 1 08/24/18 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R- 165-LM (Hinged) ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 24" Dia. 1 08/24/18 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry NF 1274 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 30" Dia. 1 08/24/18 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1743-LM (Hinged) ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 30" dia. 1 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-144N 1 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-143N 1 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson GTS-STD 24" dia. 1 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" dia. 1 10/31/06 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (Hinged) Powerseal Hinged Ductile Iron Manhole ASTM A536 24" Dia. 1 7/25/03 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Saint-Gobain Pipelines (Pamrex/rexus) RE32-R8FS 30" Dia. 1 01/31/06 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover East Jordan Iron Works V1432-2 and V1483 Designs AASFITO M306-04 30" Dia. 11/02/10 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Sigma Corporation MH165IFWN & MH16502 30" Dia 1 07/19/1 t 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Star Pipe Products NIH32FTWSS-DC 30" Dia 1 08/10/11 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Accucast 220700 Heavy Duty with Gasket Ring 30" Dia 30" ERGO XL Assembly 10/14/13 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover, (Hinged & Lockable) East Jordan Iron Works with Cam Lock/MPIC/T-Gasket ASSEITO MI 05 & ASTM A536 30" Dia 06/01/17 3405 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable) CI SIP Industries 2280 (32") ASTM A 48 30" Dia. CAP-ONE-30-FTW, Composite, w/ Lack .111111 33 OS 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Composite Access Products, L.P. w/o Hmg 30" Dia. 10/07/21 3405 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Trumbull Manufacturing 32"(30") Frame and Cover 30" Dia. Water &der - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Water Tight & Pressure Tight 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/1� 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson Pamtight 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass & Hays Foundry 300-24P 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. WPA24AM 24" Dia. 03/08/00 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Accucast RC-2100 ASTM A 48 24" Dia. 04/20/01 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (SIP)Serampore Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Ring and Cover ASTM A 48 24" Dia. �Wr - Manholes & Bases/Precast Concrete l2ev 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete 1/8/13 Hydro Conduit Corp SPL Item 449 ASTM C 478 41" * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Wall Concrete Pipe Co. hic. ASTM C-443 48" 09/23/96 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Concrete Product Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48" w/32" cone 05/08/18 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete The Turner Company 48", 60" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48", 60" 10/27/06 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Oldeastle Precast Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 24" Cone ASTM C 478 48" Diam w 24" Ring 1 06/09/10 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer)Conaete US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete ASTM C-76 48" to 72" 1 09/06/19 33 3920 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 60" & 72" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-76 60" & 72" 10/07/21 32 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 48" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-77 48" 10/07/21 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete Armorock 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" 10/07/21 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Hybrid) Polymer & PVC Predl Systems 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" Non Traffic Areas ASTM C-478; ASTM C-923; 03/07/23 33 3920 Manhole, Precast Concrete AmeriTex Pi a and Products, LLC 48" & 10" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-443 03/07/23 33 3920 IManhole, Precast (Reinforced Pol er) Concrete P3 Polymers, RockHards 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 04/28/07 IManholc, Precast (Reinforced Polymcr) Concrete Amitech USA Meyer Polycrete Pipe Eater & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Svstems/Cementitlous EI-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Quadex 04/23/01 EI-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Standard Cement Materials, Inc. Relmer MSP E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems AP/M Permaform 4120101 E I-14 Manhole Rehab System Strong Company Strong Seal MS2A Rehab System 5/12/03 EI-14 Manhole Rehab System (Liner) Triplex Lining System MH repair product to stop infiltration ASTM D5813 08/30/06 General Concrete Repair FlexKrete Technologies Vinyl Polyester Repair Product Mise. Use * From Original Standard Products List CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/07/2023 Note: All water or sewer pipe larger than 1S inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. Approv pec No./ IManufacturer Model1. National Spec Water &Sewer - an o es Bases/Rehab Svstems/NonCementitiousI mmmmw`Moir 05/ 00/96 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Sprayroa, Spray Wall Polyurethane Coating ASTM D639/D790 I 12/14/01 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) ERTECH Series 20230 and 2100 (Asphatic Emulsion) Structures Only I01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1BB, Sl, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications I8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications » v�33 nu�pP�ooung i�P�ayolloull- x `Structures 03/19/18 I 39 20� Coating for Corrosion orotection(Exterim) Sherwin Williams Grade (Asohatic Emulsion) Only I 33 05 13 Manhole Insert ME Knutson Enterprises Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. I * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert South Western Packaging Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. I I * 3305 13 Manhole Insert Noflow-Inflow Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. I I 09/23/96 3305 13 Manhole Insert Scuthwestcon Packing & Seals, Inc. Lifesaver - Stainless Steel For 24" dia. I I 09/23/96 3305 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. TetherLok - Stainless Steel For 24" dia I I 711111.72 ara e�Sewer - Pine Casim SDacers 33-05-24 (07/01/13) I Steel Band Casing Spacers Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Carbon Steel Spacers, Model SI IO2/02/93 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Stainless Steel Spacer, Model SSI I04/22/87 Casing Spacers Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Casing Spacers I09/14/10 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Pipeline Seal and Insulator Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Up to 48" I09/14/10 Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Seal and Insulator Coated Steel Casin Spacers Up to 48" I 05/10/11 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Powerseal 4810 Powerchock Up to 48" 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM SS-12 Casing Spacer(Stainleas Steel) 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM FB-12 Casing Spacer (Coated Carbon Steel) for Non_pressure Pipe and Grouted Casing 03/29/22 33 05 13 Casing Spacers CCI Pipeline Systems CSC12, CSS12 PEW I Water & Sewer - Pines/Ductile Iron 33-11-10(1/8/13) i I * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Super Bell-Tite Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe, AW WA C150, C151 3" thrn 24" OS/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Fastite Pipe (Bell Spigot) AW WA C150, C151 4" thrn 30" 08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Flex Ring (Restrained Joint) AW WA C150, C151 4" thin 30" * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. AW WA C150, C151 * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co. AW WA C150, C151 I Water & Sewer - Utility Line Marker (08/24/2018) I I ewer - Coatinss/EDD -39-60 (01/08/13) I INEK 02/25/02 Epoxy Lining System Sauereisen, Inc SewerGard 21 ORS LA County 9210-1.33 I 12/14/01 Epmv Lmmg System Ertech Technical Coatings Ertcch 2030 and 2100 Series I I 04/14/05 Interim Ductile Iron Pipe Coating Induron Protecto 401 ASTM B-117 Ductile Iron Pipe Only I I01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1HB, Sl, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications I I8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications I I INNE Sewer - Coatings/Polvurethane I I Sewer - Combination Air Valves I I 05/25/18 I 33-31-70 Air Release Valve A.R.I. USA, Inc. D121LTP02(Compwite Body) 2" I I Sewer - Pines/Concrete I * EI-04 C. Pipe, Reinforced Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C 76 I E I-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hydro Condun Corporation Class III T&G, SPL Item #77 ASTM C 76 I I E I-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hanson Concrete Products SPL item 495 hirsaliele, 998 Pipe ASTM C 76 I IE I-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Concrete Pipe & Products Co. Inc. ASTM C 76 I I Sewer - Pine Enlargment Svstem (Method)33-31-23 (01/18/13). I Svstem PIM Corporation Polyethylene PIM Corp., Piscata Way, N.J. Approved Previously �Plm McConnell Systems McLat Construction Polyethylene Houston, Texas Approved Previously I TRS Systems Trenchless Replacement System Polyethylene Calgary, Canada Approved Previously I I Sewer - PiDe/Fibere as_ss Reinforced/ 33-31-13(1/8/13) I Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. Holies Pipe (Non -Pressure) ASTM D3262/D3754 I 7/21 /97 33 31 13 Cent. Cast Fiberglass (FRP) I 03/22/10 333 13 Fiberglass It,. (FRP) Ameroa Bondstmod RPMP Pipe AST- D3262-3154 I 04/09/21 33 31 13 Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polviner Pipe FRP Thompson Pie Group Thompson Pipe Flowtite ASTM D32621D3754 03/07/23 3331 13 lFiber.lass Pine (FRP) Future Pine Industries Fiberstron¢ FRP ASTM D3212. ASTM D3681. ASTM D4161. AW WA M45 Sewer - PiDe/Polvmer Pine 4/14/OS Polvmer Modified Concrete Pioe Amrtech USA Meyer Polycrete Pioe ASTM C33, A276, F477 8" tp 1112", Class V I06/09/10 El-9 Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pioe ASTM C-76 I I I /HDPE 33-31-23(1/8/13) * From Original Standard Products List CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/07/2023 Note: All water or sewer pipe larder than 1S inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a proiect specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some I ' hdsity polyethylene pipe Phillips Driswpipe, Inc. Opticore Ductile Polyethylene Pipe ASTM D 1248 8" I * gh-density polyethylene pipe �'Ih�gh_d_maitv PI- Inc. ASTM D 1248 8" * gh-density polyethylene pipe Polly Pipe, Inc. ASTM D 1248 8" polyethylene pipe CSR Hydro CondmUPioelme Systems McConnell Pipe Enlargement ASTM D 1248 Sewer - PiDes/PVC (Pressure Sewer) 33-11-12 (4/1/13) 12/02/11 33-11-1� DR -Id PVC Pressure Pipe Prpelife Jetstream PVC PressurePipe AWWA C900 4"[tiro 12" 10/22/14 33-11-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe Royal Building Products Royal Seal PVC Pressure Pipe AW WA C900 4" thru 12" 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Poe 12/23/97* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe 01/18/18 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe 11/11/98 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe 09/11/12 33-31-20 PVC Sewer 05/06/05 33-31-20 , PVC Sohd Wall Pipe 04/27/06 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings 1 3/19/2018 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe 1 3/19/2018 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pre 1 3/29/2019 33 3120 Gasketed Fittings (PVC) 1 10/21/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe 1 10/22/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe 1 10/21/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe P 33-31-12 1 * Cured in Place Pipe 05/03/99 Cured in Place Ape 05/29/96 Cured in Place Pipe Sewer - Pipes/Rehab/Fold & Form Fold and Form Pi 11/03/98 Fold and Form Pipe Fold and Form Pipe 12/04/00 Fold and Form Pipe 06/09/03 Fold and Form Pipe 1-M Manufacturing Co., Inc. (JM Eagle) Diamond Plastics Corporation Lamson Vylon Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation J-M Manufacturing Co, Inc. (JM Eagle) P,qq life Jet Stream Diamond Plastics Corporation Harco Plastic Trends, Inc.(Westlak ) Pipelife Jet Stream Pipelife Jet Stream GPK Products, Inc. NAPCO(Westlake) Sanderson Pipe Corp. NAPCO(Westlake) Insimfrrm Texark, Inc National Envirotech Group Remolds Inc/Inliner Technolgy (Inliner USA) Cullum Pipe Systems, Inc. Insimfirm Technologies, Inc. American Pipe & Plastics, Inc. Ultralmer Miller Pipeline Corp. Sewer - PiDes/ODen Prot -de Laree Diameter i 09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Lamson Vvlon Pipe 09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Extmsim Technologies, Inc. E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Up -or ETI Company 11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Double Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) 11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Triple Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) 05/16/11 Steel Reinforced Polyethylene Pipe ConTech Construction Products SDR-26 SDR-26 Gravity Sewer "S" Gravity Sewer Pipe SDR 26/35 PS 115/46 SDR-26 and SDR-35 SDR 26/35 PS 115/46 SDR-26 and SDR-35 Gasket Fittings Gasketed PVC Sewer Main Finings SDR 35 SDR 26 SDR 26 SDR 26 SDR 26 SDR 26/35 PS 115/46 National Liner, (SPL) Item #27 Inliner Technology Insim "NuPIpe" Ultralmer PVC Alloy Pipelmer EX Method Carlon Vylon H.C. Closed Profile Pipe, Ultra -Rib Open Profile Sewer Pipe SaniTite HP Double Wall (Corrugated) SamTne HP Triple Wall Pipe Durmaxx ASTM D 3034 ASTM D 3034 ASTM F 789 ASTM D3034 ASTM F 679 ASTM F 679 ASTM F-679 ASTM F-679 ASTM D-3034, D-1784, etc ASTM D 3034 ASTM F679 ASTM D3034 ASTM D3034/F-679 ASTM D3034 ASTM D3034 ASTM F-679 ASTM F 1216 ASTM F-1216/D-5813 ASTM F 1216 ASTM F-1504 ASTM F-1504, 1871, 1867 ASTM F-1504, F-1947 ASTM F 679 ASTM F 679 ASTM F 2736 ASTM F 2764 ASTM F 2562 4" - 15" 4" thru 15" 4" thru 15" 4" thru 15" 18" to 27" 18" - 28" 18" 18" to 48" 4" - 11" 18"- 24" 4"- 15" 4"- 15" 4" - 15" 4"- 15" 18"- 36" Demo. Purpose Only Up to 18" diameter 18" to 48" 18" to 48" 24"-30" 30" to 60" 24" to 72" * From Original Standard Products List CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/07/2023 Note: All water or sewer pipe larger than 1S inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. Approval Spec I on 1W Manufacturer Model1. National Spec Water - Aoour�enancesgig -10 (07/Ol/13) Ol/18/18 33-12-10 Double Strap Saddle Romac 202NS Nylon Coated AWWA C800 1"-2"SVC, no 124"Pipe 08/28/02 Double Strap Saddle Smith Blair 4317 Nylon Coated Double Strap Saddle 07/23/12 33-12-10 Double StrapService Saddle Mueller Company U-S Double SS Strap DI Saddle AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, u to 24" Pi e 03/07/23 33-12-10 Double StrapService Saddle Powerseal 3450AS, Inc. Corp. Stop, ON Strap, Stainless NSF ANSI 372 1"-2" SVC, u to 24 Pi e 10/27/87 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves McDonald 6100M,6100MT & 610MT 3/4" and 1" 10/27/87 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves McDonald 4603B, 4604B, 610UM, 6100TM and 6101M 1 h" and 2" FB600-7NL, FB1600-7-NL, FV23-777-W-NL, 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. L22-77NL AWWA C800 2" FB600-6-NL, FB1600-6-NL, FV23-666-W- 1111018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. NL, L22-66NL AWWA C800 1-1/2" FB600-4-NL, FB1600-4-NL, B11-444-WR- 1111018 33-12-1. Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. NL, B22444-WR-NL, L28-44NL AWWA C800 I " 13-25000N, B-24277N-3, B-20200N-3, H- AWWA C800, ANSF 61, 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15000N, , H-1552N, H142276N ANSI/NSF 372 _ B-25000N, B-20200N-3, B-24277N-3,H- AWWA C800, ANSF 61, 1111.1. 33-12-1. Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15000N, H-14276N, H-15525N ANSI/NSF 372 1-1/2" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15530N ANSI/NSF 372 V, 01/26/00 Coated Tapping Saddle with Double SS Straps 1CM Industries, Inc. #406 Double Band SS Saddle 1"-2" Taps on up to 12" 0/5/21/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) 1CM Industries, Inc. 412 Tapping Sleeve ESS AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 03/29/22 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated or Stainless Steel) 1CM Industries, Inc. 415 Tapping Sleeve AWWA C-223 Concrete Pipe Only 05/10/11 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Powerseal 3490AS (Flange) & 3490MJ 4"-1" and 16" 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) Romac FTS 420 AWWA C-223 U p to 42" w/24" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 24" w/12" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST III Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 05/10/11 Joint Repair Clamp Powerseal 3232 Bell Joint Repair Clamp 4" to 30" Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics lnc. DFW37C-12-lEPAFFTW Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics lnc. DFW39C-12-lEPAFFTW 08/30/06 Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW65C-14-lEPAF FTW Class "A" Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB37-B12 1118 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB-18-Dual 1416 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB65-B65 1527 LID-9 r Water - Combination Air Release 33-31-70 (01/08/13) 1 E I -I I Au Release Valve GA Industries, Inc. Empve Air and Vacuum Valve, Model 935 ASTM A 126 Class B, ASTM A 1" &W21' * EI-11 [oribriation ombmation Ar Release Valve Multiplex Manufacturing Co. Crispin Air and Vacuum Valves, Model No. 1/2", 1" & 2" EI-11 ombination Air Release Valve Valve and Primer Corp. APCO #143C, #145C and #147C 1", 2" & 3" Water Barrel Fire Hvdrants 10/Ol/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American -Darting Valve Drawing Nos. 90-18608, 94-18560 AWWA C-502 03/31/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Darling Valve Shop Drawing No. 94-18791 AWWA C-502 09/30/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Shop Drawing No. D-19895 AWWA C-502 01/12/93 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American AVK Company Model 2700 AWWA C-502 08/24/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Drawings D20435, D20436, B20506 AWWA C-502 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant ITT Kennedy Valve Shop Drawing No. D-80783FW AWWA C-502 0.1.7 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant M&H Valve Company Shop Drawing No. 13476 AWWA C-502 Shop Drawings No. 6461 t0/14/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company A-423 Centurion AW WA C-502 01/15/88 E1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company A-423 Super Centurion 200 AWWA C-502 10/09/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant U.S. Pipe & Foundry Shop Drawing No. 960250 AWWA C-502 09/16/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Flow Control (AFC) Waterous Pacer WB67 AWWA C-502 08/12/16 33-12-40 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant EI (East Jordan Iron Works) WaterMaster 5CD250 I 02/05/93 E101-5 Detector Check Meter Ames Company Model 1000 Detector Check Valve AWWA C550 4" - 10" 08/05/04 Magnetic Drive Vertical Turbine Hersey Magnetic Drive Vertical AWWA C701, Class 1 3/4" - 6" * From Original Standard Products List CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/07/2023 Note: All water or sewer pipe larger than 1S inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. Approval IModel INational Water -Pines/PVC(Pressure Waterl33-31-70(01/08/13) -W MEL M` —AL I 01/18/18 33-11-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe DR14 ASTM D1784 V-12" I I 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR14 AWWA C900 4"-12" I I 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR18 AWWA C900 16"-24" I I 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 14 AWWA C900 4"-12" I 5/25/2018 3311 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 18 AWWA C900 16"-24" AWWA C900-16 UL 1285 12/6/2018 3311 12 PVC Pressure Pipe J-M Manufacnrring Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 14 ANSI/NSF 61 4"-28" FM 1612 12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 18 ° 16"-24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Underground Solutions Inc. DR14 Fusible PVC AWWA C900 4" - 8" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR18 AWWA C900 16"-24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. DR14 AWWA C900 4"- 12" I Water - Pines/Valves & Fittin¢s/Ductile Iron Fittines 33--11 (01/08/13) I 07/23/92 EI-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Star Pipe Products, Inc. Mechanical Joint Finings AW WA C153 & C110 I EI-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittiq @ AWWA C 110 I * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings McWane/Tyler Pipe/ Union Utilmes Division Mechanical Joint Finings, SSB lass 350 AWWA C 153, C 110, C 111 I 08/11/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Sigma, Co. Mechanical Joint Finings, SSB Class 351 AWWA C 153, C 110, C 112 I 02/26/14 E1-07 MJ Fittings Accucast Class 350 C-153 MJ Fittings AW WA C153 4"-12" I 05/14/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1400 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 36" I 05/14/98 E1-24 PVC Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1500 Circle -Lock AW WA C111/C153 4" to 24" I 11/09/04 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints One Bolt, Inc. One Bolt Restrained Joint Fitting AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 12" I I 02/29/12 33-11-11 Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 1100 (for DI Pipe) AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 42" I I 02/29/12 33-11-11 PVC Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, hic. Megalug Series 2000 (for PVC Pipe) AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 24" I I 08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLC4 - SLC10 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 10" I I 03/06/19 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer GlandaFVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCS4 - SLCS12 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 12" I I 08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCE AW WA C111/C153 12" to 24" I I 08/10/98 E1-07 MJ Fiffir IP) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLDE AW WA C153 4" - 24" I I 10/12/10 E1-24 Interim Restrained Joint Svatem S & B Techncial Products Bulldog System ( Diamond Lok 21 & JM ASTM F-1624 4" to 12" I I 08/16/06 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Fittings SIP Ind-nies(Serampore) Mechanical Joint Fittings AW WA C153 4" to 24" I I 11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. PVC Stargrip Series 4000 ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I I I 11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. DIP Stmgrip Series 3000 ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I I EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Black For DIP 03/19/18 33-11-I1 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Seramnore) ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 3"-48" EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) DRl4 PVC Ape ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 4"-12" 03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Sersmpore) �` vuP, V11i. nn, oa„ �,.t.�`VJ nGLL �V1 �J°✓ ASTM A536 AW WA CI11 16"-24" I Water - Pioes/Valves & Fittings/Resilient Seated Gate Valve* 33-12-20 (05/13/15). I Resilient Wedged Gate Valve w/no Gears American Flow Control Series 2500 Drawing # 94-20247 16" I 12/13/02 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2530 and Series 2536 AWWA C515 30" and 36" I I 08/31/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2520 & 2524 (SD 94-20255) AW WA C515 20" and 24" I I 05/18/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2516 (SD 94-20247) AWWA C515 16" I I 10/24/00 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2500 (Ductile Iron) AWWA C515 4" to 12" I I 08/05/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control 42" and 48" AFC 2500 AWWA C515 42" and 48" I I 05/23/91 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company American AVK Resilient Seeded GV AWWA C509 4" to 12" I I01/24/02 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company 20" and smaller I I * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Kennedy 4" - 12" I I E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve M&H 4" - 12" I I * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Mueller Co. 4" - 12" I I 11/08/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2361 (SD 6647) AWWA C515 16" I I 01/23/03 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2360 for 18"-24" (SD 6709) AWWA C515 24" and smaller I 05/13/05 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 30" & 36", C-515 AW WA C515 30" and 36" I 01/31/06 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 42" & 48", C-515 AW WA C515 42" and 48" I 01/28/88 EI-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. AWWA C509 4" - 12" I 10/04/94 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. 16" RS GV (SD D-20995) AW WA C515 16" I 11/08/99 EI-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Valve (SD D-21652) AW WA C515 24" and smaller I 11/29/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow 30" & 36" C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" (Note 3) 11/30/12 Resilient We Crate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638 AW WA C515 24" to 48" (Nora 3) 05/08/91 E1-26 Resilient Seat Gate Valve Stockham Valves & Fittings AWWA C 509, ANSI 420 - stem, 4" - 12" I E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. Mcoesw1250, regwremerts SPL #74 3" to 16" 11/26/16 33-12-20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve EJ (East Jordan Iron Works) EJ Fluo Master Gat. Valve & Boxes 08/24/18 I Mateo Gate Valve Matco-Norca 225 MR AWWA/ANSI C115/An21.15 4" to 16" I * From Original Standard Products List FORT WORTH® Note: All water or CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST than 1S inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water basis. for some Updated: 03/07/2023 I * E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Henry Pratt Co. AW WA C-504 24" I * E1-30 Rubber Seated ButterFly Valve Mueller Co. AW WA C-504 24"and smaller 1/11/99 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve De ik Valves Co. AW WA C-504 24" and larger 06/12/03 E1-30 Valmatm American Butterfly Valve Valmanc Valve and Manufacturing Cert. Valmatic American Butterfly Valve. AW WA C-504 Up to 84" diameter 04/06/07 E1-30 Rubber Seated ButterFly Valve M&H Valve M&H Style 4500 & 1450 AW WA C-504 24" to 48" 03/19/18 33 12 21 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve G. A. Industries (Golden Anderson) AW WA C504 Butterfly Valve AW WA C-504 30"-54" Water�ne Encasement 33-11-10 (01/08/13) 05/12/OS EI-13 Polyethylene Encasment Flessol Packaging Fulton Enterprises AW WA C105 8 mil LLD 05/12/05 EI-13 Polyethylene Encasment Mountain States Plastics (MSP) and AEP Ind. Standard Hardware AW WA C105 8 mil LLD 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment AEP Industries Bullstrong by Cowtown Bolt & Gasket AW WA C105 8 mil LLD 09/06/19 33-11-11 Polyethylene Encasment Northtown Products Inc. PE Encasement for DIP AW WA C105 8 mil LLD Water - Samnlint= Station 03/07/23 33 12 50 Water Sam lin Station I Eclipse Number 88 , 12-inch Depth of Bur As shown in spec. 33 12 50 00,1,-k Water - Automatic Flusher Automated Flushing System Mueller Hydrogaud HG2-A-IN-2-PVC-018-LPLG(Permanent) 04/09/21 Automated Flushing System Kupf le Foundry Company Eclipse #9800wc 04/09/21 Automated Flushing System Kupf le Foundry Company Eclipse 99700 (Portable) * From Original Standard Products List FORT WORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Approval I Spec No. Concrete Ckissili'ation Nla—l-fin- Model No. National Spec 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design American Concrete Company 30CAF029 3000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design American Concrete Company 01JAF382 1000 psi Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design American Concrete Company 40CNF065 4000 psi Concrete for Manholes & Utility Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design American Concrete Company 45CAF076 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000001737 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 17914500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 1793 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 1103 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000002107 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 1273 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000001617 3600 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000008381 4500 psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000009857 50 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000001055 3000 psi Concrete for Inlets, Junction Boxes, Manholes, Channel Liners, Sidewalks, Driveways, Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D1000001043S 3000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks, Curbs 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D1000001565S 3000 psi Concrete for Curbs, Curb & Gutters, Sidewalks, Driveways, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D1000001615 3600 psi Concrete for Inlets, Boxes, Encasement, Blocking 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000001061 3600 psi Concrete for Inlets, Boxes, Encasement, Blocking 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000001083S 4000 psi Concrete for Valve Pads, Inlets, Structures, Headwalls, Thrust Blocking 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 1083 4000 psi Concrete for Valve Pads, Inlets, Structures, Headwalls, Thrust Blocking 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 1685 4000 psi Concrete for Valve Pads 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D10000005751 750 Psi Concrete Base for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Argos D 1000000 16814000 psi Concrete for Headwalls, Retaining Walls, Box Culverts, Valley Gutters 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Big D Concrete 7SKGRT 3000 psi Concrete for Grouting 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Big D Concrete 14500AE 4500 psi Concrete for High Early Strength Paving 1 5/2/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Big D Concrete CM14520AE 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 452065-1 4500 psi hand placed paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 450065-1 4500 psi hand placed paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 45U500BG 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving, Storm Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 40U553BG 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 55UI20AG 4000 psi Concrete Mix for High Early Strength Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 30U100AG 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Pipe Collars, Inlets, Thrust Blocks, Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 30U101AG 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Flatwork I9/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 30U500BG 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Blocking, Encasement, Curb Inlets, Junction Boxes, Fire Hydrant Pads, Driveways, Curb & Gutters, Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 40U500BG 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Storm Drain Structures, Driveways, Screen Walls, Collars 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 36U500BG 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 08Y450BA 800 psi Concrete Mix for Base for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Bumco Texas 01 Y690BF 100 psi Concrete Mix for Flowable Fill 14/1/2023 03 34 16 Mix Design Bumco Texas 1OYH50BF 1000 psi Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC602021 4500 psi concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC552091 3600 psi for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC602091 3600 psi for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC359101 Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWFF237501 Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC602001 4000 psi Concrete for Storm Drain Structures, Manholes, Headwalls, Retaining Walls, Valley Gutters, Drive Approaches 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC502021 3500 psi concrete for Sidewalks, Driveways, Ramps, Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC502001 3000 psi for Sidewalks, Driveways, Ramps, Curb & Gutter, Flatwork 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 4142 3600 psi Concrete for Curb Inlets, Junction Boxes 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 4518 4000 psi Concrete for Headwalls, Wingwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 5167 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 4609 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving, Manholes 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 6103 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving, Manholes 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 4502 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 3759 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 1502 150 psi Concrete for Flowable Fill-CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 1518 150 Psi Concrete for Flowable Fill-CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 5642 4000 psi Concrete for Storm Drain Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 6595 5000 psi Concrete Mix for High Early Strength Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Charley's Concrete 6589 4500 psi Concrete Mix for High Early Strength Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CI3020AE 3000 psi Concrete for Driveways, Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 11-350-FF 50-150 psi Concrete for Flowable Fill-CLSM FORT WORTH: CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Approval Spec No. STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Classification NI,mul-tur" Model No. National Spec 1 Concrete (Continued) 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 30HA25II 3000 psi Concrete for Rip -Rap 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 30HA20II 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Blocking, Sidewalks, Flatwork, Pads 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 45NG25II 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Drilled Shafts/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 50QG25H 3600 psi Slurry Displaced Drilled Shaft 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 45NA20II 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 36LA2011 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 36JA001 J 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company 40LA2011 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Storm Drain Structures 1 11/16/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company CLNG25I13600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shaft/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 1 5/5/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company CCNA25OAG 3600 psi Concrete for Drilled ShaftsLighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 15/5/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design City Concrete Company CSSQA25OAG 3,600 psi Concrete for Slurry Displacement Shafts, Underwater Shafts 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 250 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, Driveways, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 350 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, Driveways, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 9 70 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 9-5-2 70 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 220-8 50 psi Concrete Mix for Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 320-8 50 psi Concrete Mix for Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 230-8 750 psi Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 330-58 750 psi Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 353 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, ADA Ramps, Driveways, Curb & Gutter, Safety End Treatments, Non-TxDOT Retaining Walls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 253-W 3000 psi Concrete Mix Sidewalks, ADA Ramps, Driveways, Curb & Gutter, Safety End Treatments, Non-TxDOT Retaining Walls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Bridge Slabs, Box Culverts, Headwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260-1 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Headwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260-2 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Box Culverts, Headwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Bridge Slabs, Box Culverts, Headwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360-1 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Box Culverts, Headwalls, Wingwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 264-N 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 366 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 265 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 365 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 370-NC 4500 psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 370-lNC 5000 psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 375-NC 5000 psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 267 4200 psi Concrete Mix for Manholes and Drainage Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 270 5000 psi Concrete Mix for Cast -in -Place Box Culverts 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 370 5000 psi Concrete Mix for Cast -in -Place Box Culverts 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 255-2 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Inlets, Thrust Blocking, Concrete Encasement 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 257 3600 psi Concrete mix for Valley Gutters 1 11/14/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 357-M 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 33 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 257-M 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 34 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260-M 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 35 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360-M 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 255-LP 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 355-LP 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 255 3500 psi Concrete Mix for Flatwork, Inlets, Thrust Blocking Concrete Encasement 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 355 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Inlets, Thrust Blocking, Concrete Encasement 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 365-STX 4000 psi Concrete for Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 357 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Valley Gutters 16/21/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360-DS 3600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shaft/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundation 1 1/18/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 380-NC 4500 psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design GCH Concrete Services GCH4000 4000 psi Concrete for for Sidewalks, Ramps, Headwalls, Inlets, and Storm Drain Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design GCH Concrete Services GCHVS 4000 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design GCH Concrete Services GCH4500 4500 psi Concrete Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates C47PV5E5 3000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 2MWR-70J23504 3000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 2MWR-147QW5D5 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 2MWR-056PS5D5 4000 psi Concrete Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 2MWR-161UV5DM 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 2MWR- I OMQS50N 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 161PSSEM 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates C47PV5E5 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 14/7/2023 03 30 00 mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 1OLQS50N 3,600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shafts/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Ingram Concrete & Aggregates 161PS5EM 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 1551 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Blocking FORT WORTH: CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Approval Spec No. Classification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Concrete(Continued) 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 5177 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 1261 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 4 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 2125 4500 psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 1701 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Storm Drain Structures, Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Junction Box 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 5409 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, Inlets 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 5507 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 1 12/15/2022 3 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 3741 100 psi concrete for flowable flll/CSLM 19/9/2022 04 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 5017 200 psi Concrete for Base Material for Trench Repair 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 9600 3600 psi Concrete for Drill Shafts/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 1851 4500 psi Concrete for Storm Drain Structures, Hand Placed Paving 1 12/5/2022 4 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 1822 3600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shafts/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Holcim - SOR, Inc. 1859 4000 psi Concrete for Drilled Shafts/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 14/7/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Liquid Stone C301D 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks, Approaches, and Driveways. 14/27/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Liquid Stone C361DNFA 3,600 psi Concrete for Retaining wall, driveway, junction box apron, approach 14/7/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Liquid Stone C361DHR 3,600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shaft/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 1 1/24/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Liquid Stone C451DHR-A 4500psi Concrete for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2132214 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta D9490SC 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2131214 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2131314 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136014 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136214 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141224 4,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141024 4,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136224 3,600 psi Concrete for Curb Inlets 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141233 3,600 psi Concrete for Storm Structures, Inlets, Blocking & Encasement 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta FLOW25A 50 psi Concrete for Flowable Fill/CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2142233 3,600 psi Concrete for Manholes, Inlets & Headwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146333 3,600 psi Concrete for Manholes, Inlets & Headwalls, Concrete Encasement 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R21412304,000 psi Concrete for Manholes, Inlets & Headwalls, Valve Pads 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146035 4,000 psi Concrete for Manholes, Inlets & Headwalls, Valve Pads 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146335 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving, Inlets, Storm Drain Structures 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta Q214IN27 4,000 psi Concrete for Machine Placed paving 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta Q214IK30 4,000 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146N36 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 11/15/2022 33 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K36 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 11/15/2022 3413 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R21461`36 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K36 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146N35 / 6.11 sacks / 4,500 psi concrete for Hand Place Paving, Inlets, Manholes, Headwalls 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K34 4,000 psi Concrete for Inlets, Manholes, Headwalls 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141N24 4,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks and Ramps 111/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141K24 4,000 psi Concrete for Junction Boxes, Sidewalks and Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146038 4,500 psi Concrete for Inlets, Storm Drain Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146036 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving, Inlets 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146042 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146242 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146236 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta D9493SC 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2147241 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 14/l/2023 32 1320 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136N14 / 5.00 sacks / 3,000 psi concrete for Sidewalks 14/l/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146P33 / 6.01 sacks / 4,000 psi concrete for Bridge Deck 14/l/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146033 4,000 psi Concrete for Riprap 14/7/2023 32 1320 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136K14 3,000 psi concrete for sidewalks and ramps 14/7/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2161K70 6,000 psi (3,000 psi (& 24lux) for HES Paving 14/l/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta 310LBP 3,600 psi Concrete for Retaining Walls 1 5/22/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K37/6.22 sack / 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 14/l/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141030 4,000 psi Concrete for Riprap FORT WORTH: CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Approval Spec No. STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Classification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec 1 Concrete(Conthmed) 1 5/3/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta M7842344 4,000 psi Concrete for Bridge Deck 16/1/2023 32 1320 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136R20 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks and Ramps 16/1/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136N20 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks and Ramps 16/27/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta U2146N41 / 6.44sacks / 3,600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shafts / Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 16/27/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta U2146K45 / 6.65 sacks / 3,600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shafts / Lighting and Traftc Signal Foundations 1 8/4/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta U2146R41 / 6.44 sacks / 4,500 psi Concrete for Drilled Piers/Light Pole bases. 1 8/4/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136R14 / 5.00 sacks / 3,500 psi Concrete for Sidewalks and Ramps 1 8/4/2023 32 1320 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141R24 / 5.53 / 4,000 psi Concrete for Junction Box, Box Culvert, Sidewalks and Ramps. 1 8/4/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146R35 / 6.11 / 4,500 psi Concrete for Inlets, Manholes, and Headwalls 1 8/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146R36 / 6.17 / 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 8/30/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141R30 / 5.85 SK / 4,000 psi Concrete for Box Culverts & Headwalls 1 8/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta Q2141R27 / 5.69 sacks / 4,000 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 32 1320 Mix Design NCS Redi Mix NCS5020A 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb & Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C-YY 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb Inlets 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C-NY 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb Inlets 19/12/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS Pl-YY / 6.00 Sacks / 4,000 psi Concrete for Collars, Manholes, Box Culverts 1 10/4/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS A-YY / 5.00 Sacks / 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps, and Curb & Gutter 1 10/4/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS A -NY/ 5.00 Sacks / 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks & Ramps, and Curb & Gutter 1 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C SF-YY / 5.50 Sacks / 3,600 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 1 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C SF -NY 5.50 Sacks / 3,600 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 1 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS P2-YY / 6.50 Sacks / 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS P2-NY / 6.50 Sacks / 4,500 psi Concrte for Hand Placed Paving 1 10/4/2023 03 34 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix FTW FLOW FILL / 150 psi concrete for Flowable 17/10/2023 03 30 00 Mix Desing Osborn 30A50MR / 5 SK / 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks 17/10/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Osborn 45A60MR / 6 SK / 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 1/24/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM6320AHP 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 1/24/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM5525A 3600 psi Concrete for Valley Gutters, Sidewalks, Approaches, ADA Ramps 11/18/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM6020ASS 4000 psi Concrete for Strom Drain Structures 1 1/18/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM5320A 3000 psi Concrete for Blocking 1 1/18/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM5020A 3000 psi Concrete for Curb, Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalk, Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix DCA2E554 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Rip Rap 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix V0J11524 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Redi-Mix FOCI 0021 215 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OJ11524 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Driveways, Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OJ11504 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1 OLI 1504 3,600 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OL11524 3600 psi Concrete Mix Manholes, Inlets, Junction Boxes, Headwalls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1RJ11524 3500 psi Concrete Mix for Thrust Blocks, Valve Pads 1 9/29/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1 OL21524 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Manholes 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 15611524 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Cast -in -Place Storm Drain Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OL115E4 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Bridge substructures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 156115D4 4000 psi Bridge Slabs 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Redi-Mix F35238VN 100 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Redi-Mix FOD138VM 100 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OJ11554 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Rip -Rap 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix POG138K9 1000 psi Concrete Mix for Trench Repair Base Material 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OK11524 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Encasement 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1 ON11507 4500 psi (2600 psi @ 24 hrs.) Concrete Mix for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1ON11504 5000 psi (3600 psi @ 2 days) Concrete Mix for HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 50KI1524 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1 OM115D4 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving, Storm Drain Structures 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1 OMI 1524 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OM11504 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 145CD5P4 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving, Storm Drain Structures 1 11/2/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 145P25P4 4500 psi Concrete for Storm Drain Structures 1 12/5/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1 OK115C4 3500 psi Concrete for Thrust Blocks, Valve Pads 1 12/5/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 156115C4 4000 psi Concrete for CIP Storm Drain Structures 1 12/5/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1OL115C4 3600 psi Concrete for Manhole, Inlet, Junction Box, Headwall 15/15/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 80LI15135 3600 psi Concrete for Drilled Shafts/Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations 15/15/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design Redi-Mix 1ONI ISD6 Slurry Displacement Shafts, Underwater Drilled shafts 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 30000 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks and Ramps, Curb & Gutter 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40050 4,000 psi Concrete for Headwalls, Retaining Wall, Collars 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35023 3,600 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40068 3,600 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45000 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45300 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40326 4,500 (3,00 @ 3-days) psi Concrete for HES Paving FORT WORTH: CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Approval Spec No. STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Classification Nl.riul-tur- Model No. National Spec 1 Concrete(Continued) 1 10/10/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35000 3600 psi Concrete for Sewer Manholes 1 10/10/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35300 3600 psi Concrete for Swere Manholes 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35022 3,600 psi Concrete for Junction Box, Retaining Walls 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 30050 3,000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks, Ramps, Inlets, Junction Boxes, Thrust Blocks, Curb and Gutter, Driveways, Barrier Ramp 12/10/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 50310 5,000 psi Concrete for HES Paving 1 1/13/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45023 4,500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 1 5/5/2023 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete D100008553CB 4,000 psi Concrete for Bdridge Approach Slab, Deck Slab 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW60AHP 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW6020AHP 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete TCFW6020AHP 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW7520AMR 4500 (3000 psi @ 3-days) psi Concrete HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW6520AMR 4500 (3000 psi @ 3-days) psi HES Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5520AMP 3600 psi Concrete for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5320A 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Blocking 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FWFF150CLSM 50-150 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FWFF275 50-150 psi Flowable Fill - CLSM 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW6020A2 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Storm Drain Structures 1 10/10/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete TCFW6025A2 4000 psi Concrete for Manholes 1 10/10/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete TCFW5020A 3000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5025A 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb & Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Titan Ready Mix 3020AE 3000 psi Concrete for Sidewalks 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete CP5020A 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Curb and Gutter 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5525A2 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Sidewalks, Drive Approaches, ADA Ramp 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design Titan Ready Mix TRC4520 4500 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0250.230 3000 psi Concrete Mix for Flatwork, Curb & Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 270.230 5000 psi Concrete for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0250.2301 3000 psi Concret Mix for Curb & Gutter, Driveways, Sidewalks, ADA Ramps 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0260.2302 4000 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0255.2301 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Machine Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0260.2301 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 30 00 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0265.2301 4500 psi Concrete Mix for Valley Gutters, Hand Placed Paving 19/9/2022 03 3000 Mix Design Wise Redi Mix 3678 3600 psi Concrete Mix for Lighting and Traffic Signal Foundations A9v ftalt Pavinv 19/9/2022 322 16 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FT5D137965 PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Austin Asphalt DA513135965 PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FT5B117965 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FTIB139965 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FT1B117.2 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 1901D PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 1112B PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 1612B PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Surmount Paving 341DV6422 PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 1 11/26/2022 32 1216 Mix Design Surmount Paving 340DV6422 PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 1 12/5/2022 33 1216 Mix Design Surmount Paving 3076B V6422 PG62-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Sunmount Paving 341-BRAP6422ERG PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design TXBIT 37-211305-20 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 44-211305-17 P664-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design TXBIT 211305 (1757) PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 19/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 222475 (1857) PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design TXBIT 29-222475-19 PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design TXBIT 1-222475-20 PG64-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design TXBIT 64-224125-18 PG70-22 Type D Fine Surface 19/9/2022 32 1216 Mix Design TXBIT 12-222475-19 P664-22 Type D Fine Surface Detectable Warnin Surface 19/9/2022 32 13 20 D 1 - Pavers Pine Hall Brick (Winston Salem, NC) Tactile Pavers 19/9/2022 32 1320 DWS - Pavers Western Brick Co. (Houston, TX) Detectable Warning Pavers 19/9/2022 32 13 20 DWS - Composite Engineered Plastics, Inc. (Williamsville. Armor Tile 19/9/2022 32 13 20 DWS - Composite ADA Solutions (Wilmington, MA) Heritage Brick CIP Composite Paver 14/7/2023 32 13 20 DWS - Pavers ADA Solutions (Wilmington, MA) Detectable Warning Pavers FORT WORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Approval Spec No. STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Classification Nla.ul-turv, Model No. National Spec Silicone Joint Sealant 19/9/2022 1113 Joint Sealant Dow 890SL - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 19/9/2022 32 13 73 Joint Sealant Tremco 900SL - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 19/9/2022 �12 32 1373 Joint Sealant Pecora 300SL - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 19/9/2022 32 1373 Joint Sealant Crafco RoadSaver Silicone - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 Utility Trench Embedment Sand 19/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand Silver Creek Materials Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 19/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand Crouch Materials Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 19/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand F and L Dirt Movers Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 19/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand F and L Dirt Movers Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 19/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand Tin Top Martin Marietta Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 Storm Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard (Round) 33-05-13 19/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers AccuCast (Govind Steel Company, LTD) MHRC #220605 (Size - **24" Dia.) ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 19/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Cover Neenah Foundry NF-1274-T91 (Size - 32" Dial ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 19/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry NF-1743-LM (Hinged) (Size - 32" Dial ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 19/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frame Neenah Foundry NF-1930-30 (Size - 32.25" Dia.) ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 19/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1743-HV (Size - 32" Dia.) ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 14/3/2019 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers SIP Industries ++ 2279ST (Size - 24" Dial ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 14/3/2019 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers SIP Industries ++ 2280ST (Size - 32" Dia.) ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 1 10/8/2020 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers EJ ( Formally East Jordan Iron Works) EJ1033 Z2/A (Size - 32.25" Dia.) ASTM A536 AASHTO M306 **Note: AM new development and new installation manhole lids shall meet the minimum 30-inch opening requirement as specified in City Specification 33 0513. Any smaller opening sizes will only be allowed for existing manholes that require replacement frames anticovers. FORT WORTH: CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Approval Spec No. STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 10/04/2023 Classification NI,mul-turt, Model No. National Spec 1 Storm Sewer - Inlet & Structures 33-05-13 110/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Forterrra FRT-I0x3-405-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 3') ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Forterrra FRT-I0x3-406-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 31 ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Forterrra FRT-I0x4.5-407-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 4.5') ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Forterrra FRT-I0x4.5-420-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 4.5') ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 3920 Manhole Forterrra FRT-4X4-409-PRECAST-TOP (Size - 4' X 4� ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 3920 Manhole Forterrra FRT-4X4-409-PRECAST-BASE (Size - 4' X 4� ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 3920 Manhole Forterrra FRT-SX5-410-PRECAST-TOP (Size - 5' X 5') ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 3920 Manhole Forterrra FRT-5X5-410-PRECAST-BASE (Size - TX 5) ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 3920 Manhole Forterrra FRT-6X6-411-PRECAST-TOP (Size - 6' X fl ASTM C913 110/8/2020 33 3920 Manhole Forterrra FRT-6X6-411-PRECAST-BASE (Size - 6' X 6� ASTM C913 13/19/2021 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Thompson Pipe Group TPG-lOX3-405-PRECAST INLET** (Size - 10' X 3) ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Thompson Pipe Group TPG- 1 5X3-405-PRECAST INLET** (Size - 15' X 3') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Thompson Pipe Group TPG-20X3-405-PRECAST INLET** (Size - 20' X 7) ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-409-PRECAST TOP (Size - 4' X 4') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-409-PRECAST BASE (Size - 4' X 4') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-412-PRECAST 4-FT RISER (Size - 4' X 4') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-410-PRECAST TOP (Size - 5' X 5') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-410-PRECAST BASE (Size - 5' X T) ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-412-PRECAST 5-FT RISER (Size - 5' X 5') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-41 1 -PRECAST TOP (Size - 6' X 6') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-41 1 -PRECAST BASE (Size - 6' X 61 ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-412-PRECAST 6-FT RISER (Size - 6' X 6� ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-7X7-41 1 -PRECAST TOP (Size - TX 71 ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-7X7-41 1 -PRECAST BASE (Size - TX T) ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-7X7-412-PRECAST 4-FT RISER (Size - TX T) ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-8X8-41 1 -PRECAST TOP (Size - 8' X 8') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-8X8-41 1 -PRECAST BASE (Size - 8' X 81 ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 3920 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-8X8-412-PRECAST 5-FT RISER (Size - 8' X ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 49 20 Drop Inlet Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-408-PRECAST INLET (Size - 4' X 4) ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 49 20 Drop Inlet Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-408-PRECAST INLET (Size - 5' X 5') ASTM 615 13/19/2021 33 49 20 Drop Inlet Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-408-PRECAST INLET (Size - 6' X 6) ASTM 615 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 4' x 4' Stacked Manhole (Size - 4' X 4) ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 5' x 8' Storm Junction Box (Size - 5' X 8') ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 4' x 4' Storm Junction Box (Size - TX T) ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 5' x 5' Storm Junction Box (Size - 5' X 5') ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 6' x 6' Storm Junction Box (Size - 6' X 6') ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 8' x 8' Storm Junction Box Base (Size - 8' X 81 ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 5' x 8' Storm Junction Box Base (Size - 5' X 8� ASTM C478 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Rinker Materials Reinforced 48" Diameter Spread Footing Manhole (Size - TX 4') ASTM C433 18/28/2023 33 3920 Curb Inlet 10 'x 3' Riser Thompson Pipe Group Inlet Riser (Size - 3 FT) ASTM C913-16 18/28/2023 33 3920 Curb Inlet 15 'x 3' Riser Thompson Pipe Group Inlet Riser (Size - 3 FT) ASTM C913-16 18/28/2023 33 3920 Curb Inlet 20' x 3' Riser Thompson Pipe Group Inlet Riser (Size - 3 FT) ASTM C913-16 **Note: Pre -cast inlets are appoved for the stage I portion of the structure (basin) only. Stage II portion of the structure are required to be cast in place. No exceptions to this requirement shall be allowed. Storm Sewer - Pipes & Boxes 33-05-13 14/9/2021 33 41 13 Storm Drain Pipes Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. (ADS) ADS III? Storm Polvpropvlene (PP) Pipe (Size - 12" - 60") ASTM F2881 & AASHTO M330 18/28/2023 3349 10 Storm Drain Pipes Rinker Materials Reinforced Concrete Pipe Tongue and Groove Joint Pipe (Size - 21" or larger) ASTM C76, C655 18/28/2023 33 49 10 Culvert Box Rinker Materials Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert (Sze - Various) ASTM C789, C850